fibeair ip-10g installationguide(reve)

353
Copyright © 2011 by Ceragon Networks Ltd. All rights reserved. FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide Doc-00023199 Rev E November 2011

Upload: -

Post on 18-Apr-2015

634 views

Category:

Documents


6 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

Copyright © 2011 by Ceragon Networks Ltd. All rights reserved.

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Doc-00023199 Rev E

November 2011

Page 2: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 2 of 353

Notice

This document contains information that is proprietary to Ceragon Networks Ltd. No part of this publication may be reproduced, modified, or distributed without prior written authorization of Ceragon Networks Ltd. This document is provided as is, without warranty of any kind.

Registered Trademarks

Ceragon Networks® is a registered trademark of Ceragon Networks Ltd. FibeAir® is a registered trademark of Ceragon Networks Ltd. CeraView® is a registered trademark of Ceragon Networks Ltd. Other names mentioned in this publication are owned by their respective holders.

Trademarks

CeraMap™, PolyView™, EncryptAir™, ConfigAir™, CeraMon™, EtherAir™, and MicroWave Fiber™, are trademarks of Ceragon Networks Ltd. Other names mentioned in this publication are owned by their respective holders.

Statement of Conditions

The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. Ceragon Networks Ltd. shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damage in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this document or equipment supplied with it.

Open Source Statement

The Product may use open source software, among them O/S software released under the GPL or GPL alike license ("GPL License"). Inasmuch that such software is being used, it is released under the GPL License, accordingly. Some software might have changed. The complete list of the software being used in this product including their respective license and the aforementioned public available changes is accessible on http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.

Information to User

Any changes or modifications of equipment not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment and the warranty for such equipment.

Revision History

Rev Date Author Description Approved by Date

D September 7,

2011

Baruch Gitlin System installation guide for

IP-10G and all supported

RFUs.

Tomer Aizenberg, Amit Stark,

Ilan Benoliel, Rami Lerner, Uri

Sela, Ari Bachman

September 6,

2011

E October 27,

2011

Baruch Gitlin Expand initial configuration

instructions, add software

version 6.8 features.

Page 3: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 3 of 353

Table of Contents

1. About This Guide ............................................................................................ 14

2. What You Should Know ................................................................................. 14

3. Target Audience ............................................................................................. 14

4. Related Documents ........................................................................................ 14

5. Section Summary ........................................................................................... 15

6. Preparing for Installation ............................................................................... 16

6.1 Packing .................................................................................................................... 16

6.2 Transportation .......................................................................................................... 16

6.3 Inspection ................................................................................................................ 16

6.4 Unpacking Equipment at the Site .............................................................................. 16

7. Installing the IDU ............................................................................................ 17

7.1 Required Tools for IDU Installation ........................................................................... 17

7.2 Cables ..................................................................................................................... 17

7.3 Special Requirements for North America .................................................................. 17

7.4 Site Requirements .................................................................................................... 18 7.4.1 IDU Dimensions ....................................................................................................... 18

7.5 Configuration Options ............................................................................................... 19

7.6 Installing the IDU in a 19"/ETSI Rack ........................................................................ 19

7.7 Installing the IDU in a Nodal Enclosure ..................................................................... 20 7.7.1 Nodal Enclosure Design ........................................................................................... 20 7.7.2 List of Kits Needed to Install an IDU in a Nodal Configuration ................................... 21 7.7.3 Procedure for IDU Installation in a Nodal Configuration ............................................ 21

7.8 Grounding the IDU and Electrical Information ........................................................... 25 7.8.1 Dual DC Feed .......................................................................................................... 27

8. RFU Overview ................................................................................................. 28

8.1 RFU Selection Guide ................................................................................................ 29

9. Installing the FibeAir RFU-C .......................................................................... 30

9.1 List of Items ............................................................................................................. 30

9.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 30

9.3 Installation Components ........................................................................................... 31

9.4 Component Part Numbers ........................................................................................ 32

9.5 Marketing Models ..................................................................................................... 35

9.6 1+0 Direct Mount Installation .................................................................................... 38

9.7 1+1 Direct Mount Installation .................................................................................... 40

Page 4: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 4 of 353

9.8 1+0 Remote Mount Installation ................................................................................. 42

9.9 1+1 Remote Mount Installation ................................................................................. 44

9.10 Mediation Device (Antenna Mount) Losses ............................................................... 45

9.11 Antenna Connection ................................................................................................. 46

9.12 Direct Mount for NSN FlexiHopper Antennas ............................................................ 47

9.13 RFU-C - NSN Adapter Installation ............................................................................ 48 9.13.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................................ 48 9.13.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 48 9.13.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 48

9.14 RFU-P Antenna Adaptor........................................................................................... 50

9.15 RFU-C to RFU-P Interface Installation ...................................................................... 51 9.15.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................................ 51 9.15.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 51 9.15.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 51

9.16 RFU-C OMT (Orthogonal Mode Transducer) Installation........................................... 55 9.16.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................................ 55 9.16.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 55 9.16.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 56 9.16.4 Remote Configurations ............................................................................................. 58

9.16.4.1 2+0/2+2 Installations ................................................................................ 59 9.16.4.2 1+0, Ready for 2+0 ................................................................................... 61

9.17 RFU-C Adaptor to Ericsson 0.3m Compact Antennas Installation ............................. 62 9.17.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................................ 62 9.17.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 62 9.17.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 62

9.17.3.1 Connecting the Adaptor Kit to the Ericsson 0.3m Compact Antenna .......... 62 9.17.3.2 Connecting the RFU to the Ericsson Antenna ........................................... 64

9.18 RFU-C External Attenuator Installation ..................................................................... 64 9.18.1 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 64 9.18.2 1+0 Mount Configuration .......................................................................................... 64

9.18.2.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................ 64 9.18.2.2 Procedure ................................................................................................ 64

9.18.3 1+1 Mount Configuration .......................................................................................... 66 9.18.3.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................ 66 9.18.3.2 Procedure ................................................................................................ 66

9.19 RFU-C Adaptation Kit for Imperial Waveguides ........................................................ 68 9.19.1 List of Kits ................................................................................................................ 68 9.19.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 68

9.19.2.1 6/7/8/10/11 GHz ....................................................................................... 68 9.19.2.2 13/15 GHz ................................................................................................ 69 9.19.2.3 18/23/26/28/38 GHz ................................................................................. 70

9.20 RFU-C – N Adapter Installation ................................................................................ 71 9.20.1 List of Items ............................................................................................................. 71 9.20.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 71 9.20.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 71

9.21 RFU-C – NC Adapter Installation .............................................................................. 74 9.21.1 List of Items ............................................................................................................. 74

Page 5: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 5 of 353

9.21.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 74 9.21.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 74

9.22 RFU-C – SRAL Adaptor Installation .......................................................................... 78 9.22.1 List of Items ............................................................................................................. 78 9.22.2 Required Tools ......................................................................................................... 78 9.22.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................ 78

10. Installing the FibeAir RFU-HP ........................................................................ 81

10.1 About FibeAir RFU-HP ............................................................................................. 81

10.2 About the FibeAir RFU-HP OCBs ............................................................................. 82 10.2.1 OCB (Older Type) .................................................................................................... 83 10.2.2 New OCB ................................................................................................................. 85

10.3 Installation Notes...................................................................................................... 86 10.3.1 Grounding Notes ...................................................................................................... 86

10.4 OCB (Older Type) Installation ................................................................................... 87 10.4.1 1+0/1+1 Installation .................................................................................................. 87

10.4.1.1 Assembling the RFU and OCB ................................................................. 87 10.4.1.2 Assembling the Hanger Kit ....................................................................... 90 10.4.1.3 Assembling the Pole Mount Kit ................................................................. 91 10.4.1.4 Assembling the Hanger Kit (with RFU and OCB) and Pole Mount Kit ........ 92 10.4.1.5 RFU Cable Connections ........................................................................... 96

10.4.2 2+2 XPIC Installation ................................................................................................ 97 10.4.2.1 Installation Components ........................................................................... 97 10.4.2.2 Installation Procedure ............................................................................... 98

10.4.3 N+1 Split Mount Installation .................................................................................... 100

10.5 Installation Configuration Illustrations ..................................................................... 101 10.5.1 1+0 & 1+0 Space Diversity ..................................................................................... 102 10.5.2 1+1 Hot Standby & 1+1 Hot Standby Space Diversity ............................................. 103 10.5.3 1+1 Frequency Diversity & 1+1 Frequency Diversity + Space Diversity ................... 104 10.5.4 1+1 Space Diversity BBS ....................................................................................... 105 10.5.5 2+0 Dual Pole & 2+0 Space Diversity Dual Pole ..................................................... 106 10.5.6 2+0 Single Pole & 2+0 Space Diversity Single Pole ................................................ 107 10.5.7 2+2 Hot Standby Dual Pole .................................................................................... 108 10.5.8 2+2 Hot Standby Single Pole .................................................................................. 109 10.5.9 2+2 Space Diversity Dual Pole ............................................................................... 110 10.5.10 2+2 Space Diversity Single Pole ............................................................. 111 10.5.11 2+2 Frequency Diversity Single Pole ...................................................... 112 10.5.12 2+2 Hot Standby Frequency Diversity Dual Pole ..................................... 113 10.5.13 2+2 Frequency Diversity / Space Diversity Dual Pole .............................. 114 10.5.14 N+1 Systems .......................................................................................... 115

10.6 New OCB Installation ............................................................................................. 119 10.6.1 Required Tools for New OCB Installation ................................................................ 119 10.6.2 Special Tools/Materials .......................................................................................... 119

10.7 Pole Installation ...................................................................................................... 120 10.7.1 Pole Mount Preliminary Assembly - 1 ..................................................................... 120 10.7.2 Pole Mount Preliminary Assembly - 2 ..................................................................... 121 10.7.3 RFU Installation...................................................................................................... 122 10.7.4 Housing Assembly and Lifting Harness................................................................... 123 10.7.5 Pole Installation ...................................................................................................... 124 10.7.6 Hanging Positions .................................................................................................. 125

Page 6: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 6 of 353

10.8 OBN OCB Housing Hanging Procedure .................................................................. 126 10.8.1 RFU Mount ............................................................................................................ 127 10.8.2 Sample New OCB Configurations ........................................................................... 128

10.8.2.1 1+1......................................................................................................... 128 10.8.2.2 1+1 Space Diversity ............................................................................... 129 10.8.2.3 2+1/3+0 Space Diversity ......................................................................... 130 10.8.2.4 4+1/5+0 Space Diversity ......................................................................... 131

10.9 All Indoor Horizontal Placement Installation ............................................................ 132

10.10 Installation in a 19” Rack (open rack/lab rack)......................................................... 133 10.10.1 1+0 Installation ....................................................................................... 133

10.10.1.1 Parts Used ............................................................................................. 133 10.10.1.2 Assembly ............................................................................................... 133

10.10.2 1+0 East-West Installation ...................................................................... 135 10.10.2.1 Parts Used ............................................................................................. 135 10.10.2.2 Assembly ............................................................................................... 136

10.10.3 1+1 HSB (Hot Standby) Installation......................................................... 138 10.10.3.1 Parts Used ............................................................................................. 138 10.10.3.2 Assembly ............................................................................................... 139

11. Installing the FibeAir RFU-A .........................................................................142

11.1 Required Tools for RFU-A Installation..................................................................... 142

11.2 Transportation ........................................................................................................ 142

11.3 Packing Inspection ................................................................................................. 142

11.4 System Components .............................................................................................. 143

11.5 Component Part Numbers ...................................................................................... 146

11.6 Chassis Installation Procedure ............................................................................... 148

11.7 Decorative Panel and Branching Drawer Installation ............................................... 150

11.8 Configuring Correct TX and RX Frequency ............................................................. 151 11.8.1 1+0 Configuration ................................................................................................... 151 11.8.2 1+1 HSB Configuration (Upright) ............................................................................ 151 11.8.3 2+0 SP Configuration (Upright) ............................................................................... 151 11.8.4 4+0 SP Configuration ............................................................................................. 152 11.8.5 1+1 SD Configuration ............................................................................................. 152

11.9 Assembling Branching Elements ............................................................................ 153

11.10 Connecting the IF Cable ......................................................................................... 156

11.11 Fan Assembly and Maintenance ............................................................................. 157 11.11.1 Fan Filter Replacement .......................................................................... 158

11.11.1.1 List of items ............................................................................................ 158 11.11.1.2 Removing a Used RFU-A Filter ............................................................... 158 11.11.1.3 Inserting a New Filter Assembly .............................................................. 159

11.12 Assembling the Blank Panel ................................................................................... 160

11.13 Detailed System Configurations.............................................................................. 161 11.13.1 1+0......................................................................................................... 161 11.13.2 1+1HSB (Hot Standby) ........................................................................... 162 11.13.3 2+0 SP (Single Polarization) ................................................................... 163 11.13.4 4+0 SP (Single Polarization) ................................................................... 164

Page 7: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 7 of 353

11.13.5 2+0 DP (2+0 Dual Polarization) OR 1+1SD-ST (Space Diversity Split Transmitter) ........................................................................................................... 167

11.13.6 2+2 DP (Dual Polarization – Protected)................................................... 169 11.13.7 1+1 SD (Space Diversity) Standard Configuration ................................... 170 11.13.8 East/West Installation – for Every Configuration ...................................... 174 11.13.9 Upgrading from 1+0 to 4+0 SP ............................................................... 176 11.13.10 Upgrading from 1+1 HSB to 2+2 DP ....................................................... 178

12. Installing the FibeAir RFU-HS and the FibeAir RFU-SP ..............................180

12.1 Remote Mount Installation ...................................................................................... 180

12.2 Installation Components ......................................................................................... 181

12.3 Remote Mount 1+0 Installation ............................................................................... 182 12.3.1 Completed 1+0 Installation ..................................................................................... 187

12.4 Remote Mount 1+1 Installation ............................................................................... 188 12.4.1 Completed 1+1 Installation ..................................................................................... 191

12.5 Direct Mount Installation ......................................................................................... 192 12.5.1 Installation for 1+0 Systems ................................................................................... 192

12.5.1.1 Completed 1+0 Installation ..................................................................... 198 12.5.2 Installation for 1+1 Systems ................................................................................... 199

12.5.2.1 Completed 1+1 Installation ..................................................................... 202

12.6 Direct Mount Installation for 4/6 ft. Nokia Antennas ................................................. 203 12.6.1 Installation for 1+0 Systems ................................................................................... 203

12.6.1.1 Completed Assembly .............................................................................. 207 12.6.2 Installation for 1+1 Systems ................................................................................... 208

12.6.2.1 Completed Assembly .............................................................................. 213

13. Installing the FibeAir RFU-P .........................................................................214

13.1 Before Installing the RFU-P .................................................................................... 214

13.2 Mediation Device Flange Specifications .................................................................. 214

13.3 Required Components and Equipment ................................................................... 215 13.3.1 System Components .............................................................................................. 215 13.3.2 Tools and Equipment ............................................................................................. 215

13.4 Flow of Operations ................................................................................................. 215

13.5 RFU-P Dimensions................................................................................................. 216

13.6 Installing the Antenna and RFU .............................................................................. 217 13.6.1 General .................................................................................................................. 217 13.6.2 Installation Instructions ........................................................................................... 218 13.6.3 Initial Antenna Alignment using the Headset ........................................................... 225 13.6.4 Azimuth Alignment ................................................................................................. 226 13.6.5 Elevation Alignment................................................................................................ 226

13.7 Alignment Verification (checking actual receive level) ............................................. 227

13.8 Final Check ............................................................................................................ 229

13.9 Safety and Grounding ............................................................................................ 230

Page 8: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 8 of 353

14. Connecting an IDU to an RFU .......................................................................231

15. Initial System Configuration .........................................................................233

15.1 Establishing a Connection with the IDU .................................................................. 235

15.2 Launching the Web-Based Element Management System (EMS) ........................... 236

15.3 Upgrading the IDU Software ................................................................................... 237 15.3.1 Downloading IDU Software Files ............................................................................ 237 15.3.2 Installing the FTP-Server Software ......................................................................... 237 15.3.3 Configuring the FTP Server Software ..................................................................... 237 15.3.4 Launching the FTP Server Software ....................................................................... 241 15.3.5 Installing the Updated IDU Software ....................................................................... 242 15.3.6 Loading a License Key ........................................................................................... 244 15.3.7 Saving IDU Parameters .......................................................................................... 247

15.4 Configuring the Security Settings ............................................................................ 248 15.4.1 Configuring Users .................................................................................................. 249 15.4.2 Configuring Secure Communications Channels ...................................................... 250

15.4.2.1 Secure File Transfer and Server Authentication ...................................... 251 15.4.2.2 Configuring HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure) ....................... 252 15.4.2.3 SFTP (Secure FTP) Support ................................................................... 253 15.4.2.4 Generating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) File .............................. 254 15.4.2.5 Generating a security certificate from a CSR file ..................................... 255

15.5 Configuring IDU Management ................................................................................ 257 15.5.1 Configuring the Management Ports ........................................................................ 257 15.5.2 Management in a Nodal Configuration .................................................................... 258 15.5.3 Configuring Out-of-Band Management ................................................................... 258

15.5.3.1 Configuring the Wayside Channel ........................................................... 258 15.5.3.2 Out-of-Band Management in a 1+0 Link.................................................. 260 15.5.3.3 Out-of-Band Management in a 1+1 Link.................................................. 260 15.5.3.4 Nodal Configuration ................................................................................ 261

15.5.4 Configuring In-Band Management .......................................................................... 261 15.5.4.1 Configuring In-Band Management in a 1+1 Link ...................................... 262 15.5.4.2 In-Band Management in Nodal Configurations ........................................ 264 15.5.4.3 GbE In-Band management in a node ...................................................... 266 15.5.4.4 In-Band Management Isolation in Single Pipe Mode ............................... 266

15.6 Configuring the Radio Parameters .......................................................................... 268 15.6.1 Configuring the radio parameters of the local IDU ................................................... 268 15.6.2 Configuring the radio parameters of the remote IDU ............................................... 269 15.6.3 Configuring the Radio Threshold ............................................................................ 270 15.6.4 Selecting a Radio Script and Configuring ACM ....................................................... 271

15.6.4.1 Available Radio Scripts ........................................................................... 271 15.6.4.2 Selecting a Radio Script in Regular (non-ACM) Mode ............................. 273 15.6.4.3 Selecting an ACM Script ......................................................................... 274

15.6.5 Activating an Asymmetrical Script ........................................................................... 275

15.7 Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode ............................................................... 276 15.7.1 Switch Configurations Overview ............................................................................. 276 15.7.2 Single Pipe Switch Configuration ............................................................................ 277 15.7.3 Managed and Metro switch configuration ................................................................ 277

15.8 Configuring Ethernet Interfaces .............................................................................. 279 15.8.1 Configuring a Single Pipe Port ................................................................................ 279 15.8.2 Configuring a Managed Switch or Metro Switch Port............................................... 281

Page 9: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 9 of 353

16. Special Instructions for Specific Configuration Options ............................283

16.1 Configuring 1+1 HSB ............................................................................................. 283 16.1.1 Configuring 1+1 HSB Protection in a New Standalone System ............................... 283 16.1.2 Replacing the Standby Unit in a 1+1 HSB Standalone System................................ 288 16.1.3 Configuring 1+1 HSB Protection in a New Nodal System ........................................ 291 16.1.4 Replacing the Standby Unit in a 1+1 HSB Nodal System ........................................ 296

16.2 Configuring 1+1 Space Diversity (BBS) .................................................................. 299

16.3 Configuring 1+1 Frequency Diversity (BBS) ............................................................ 300

16.4 Configuring 2+0 ...................................................................................................... 301

16.5 Configuring 2+2 HSB ............................................................................................. 302

16.6 Configuring XPIC ................................................................................................... 304 16.6.1 Conditions for XPIC ................................................................................................ 304 16.6.2 Antenna and RFU Installation ................................................................................. 304

16.6.2.1 IDU-RFU Cable Installation ..................................................................... 305 16.6.2.2 Antenna Alignment ................................................................................. 305 16.6.2.3 Polarization Alignment ............................................................................ 305

16.6.3 Displaying XPI Values ............................................................................................ 305

16.7 Configuring Multi Radio .......................................................................................... 307

16.8 Changing from 1+1 to 2+2 ...................................................................................... 308 16.8.1 Replacing Slave Units (Extensions) ........................................................................ 308 16.8.2 Replacing a Standby Master Unit ........................................................................... 309

16.9 Configuring Multi-Unit LAG ..................................................................................... 310

17. Acceptance and Commissioning Procedures .............................................313

17.1 Site Acceptance Procedure .................................................................................... 314

17.2 Site Acceptance Checklist Notes ............................................................................ 317 17.2.1 Antenna Mounting .................................................................................................. 317 17.2.2 Antenna ................................................................................................................. 318 17.2.3 RFU (Radio Frequency Unit) .................................................................................. 318

17.3 IDU (Indoor Unit) .................................................................................................... 318

17.4 1+0 Commissioning Procedure ............................................................................... 319 17.4.1 Commissioning Test ............................................................................................... 319

17.4.1.1 Link Verification ...................................................................................... 319 17.4.1.2 Line Interfaces Test ................................................................................ 319 17.4.1.3 Interoperability Verification...................................................................... 319 17.4.1.4 Management Verification ........................................................................ 320 17.4.1.5 Loopback Operation ............................................................................... 320

17.5 1+1 Commissioning Procedure ............................................................................... 321 17.5.1 Commissioning Tests ............................................................................................. 321

17.5.1.1 Link Verification ...................................................................................... 321 17.5.1.2 Line Interfaces Test ................................................................................ 321 17.5.1.3 Switching Tests ...................................................................................... 322 17.5.1.4 Interoperability Verification...................................................................... 322 17.5.1.5 Management Verification ........................................................................ 323

17.6 2+0 XPIC Commissioning Procedure...................................................................... 324 17.6.1 XPIC Commissioning Tests .................................................................................... 324

Page 10: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 10 of 353

17.6.1.1 Individual Link Verification ...................................................................... 324 17.6.1.2 XPIC Configuration Verification ............................................................... 324 17.6.1.3 XPIC Recovery Test ............................................................................... 324 17.6.1.4 XPIC Link Verification ............................................................................. 325

17.7 FibeAir IP-10 Commissioning Log .......................................................................... 326

18. Appendix A: Line Interfaces .........................................................................330

18.1 Main Channel Interfaces......................................................................................... 330

18.2 Wayside Channel Interface..................................................................................... 332

18.3 Protection Channel Interface .................................................................................. 332

18.4 Management Channel Interface.............................................................................. 332

18.5 Order Wire Channel Interface ................................................................................. 333

18.6 User Channel Interface........................................................................................... 333

19. Appendix B: Connector Pin-Outs .................................................................334

19.1 External Alarms Connector Pin-Out ........................................................................ 334

19.2 Protection/Wayside/Management Connector Pin-Out ............................................. 335

19.3 Power Connector Pin-Out ....................................................................................... 335

19.4 16 x E1/DS1Connector ........................................................................................... 336

19.5 Ethernet 10/100/1000 Connector Pin-Out ............................................................... 338

19.6 Ethernet 10/100 Connector Pin-Out ........................................................................ 339

19.7 User Channel Connector Pin-Out ........................................................................... 339

19.8 Craft Terminal Connector Pin-Out........................................................................... 340

20. Appendix C: Fan Tray Replacement .............................................................341

21. Appendix D: CLI Overview ............................................................................342

21.1 Access Rights ........................................................................................................ 342

21.2 Getting Started ....................................................................................................... 342

21.3 Getting Help ........................................................................................................... 343

21.4 Basic Commands ................................................................................................... 343

21.5 Setting IP Addresses .............................................................................................. 344

21.6 Finding Commands ................................................................................................ 344

21.7 Command Example ................................................................................................ 345

21.8 Viewing the Command Tree ................................................................................... 346

21.9 Command Groups .................................................................................................. 351

21.10 Management .......................................................................................................... 352

21.11 Platform ................................................................................................................. 353

21.12 Radio ..................................................................................................................... 353

Page 11: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 11 of 353

Safety Precautions & Declared Material

General Equipment Precautions

Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified herein, may result in hazardous radiation exposure.

When working with a FibeAir IDU, note the following risk of electric shock and energy hazard: Disconnecting one power supply disconnects only one power supply module. To isolate the unit completely, disconnect all power supplies.

Machine noise information order - 3. GPSGV, the highest sound pressure level amounts to 70 dB (A) or less, in accordance with ISO EN 7779.

Static electricity may cause body harm, as well as harm to electronic components inside the device.

Anyone responsible for the installation or maintenance of the FibeAir IDU must use an ESD Wrist Strap.

ESD protection measures must be observed when touching the IDU.

To prevent damage, before touching components inside the device, all electrostatic must be discharged from both personnel and tools.

In Norway and Sweden:

Equipment connected to the protective earthing of the building installation through the mains connection or through other equipment with a connection to protective earthing – and to a cable distribution system using coaxial cable, may in some circumstances create a fire hazard. Connection to a cable distribution system has therefore to be provided through a device providing electrical isolation below a certain frequency range (galvanic isolator, see EN 60728-11).

Utstyr som er koplet til beskyttelsesjord via nettplugg og/eller via annet jordtilkoplet utstyr – og er tilkoplet et kabel-TV nett, kan forårsake brannfare. For å unngå dette skal det ved tilkopling av utstyret til kabel-TV nettet installeres en galvanisk isolator mellom utstyret og kabel- TV nettet.

Utrustning som är kopplad till skyddsjord via jordat vägguttag och/eller via annan utrustning och samtidigt är kopplad till kabel-TV nät kan i vissa fall medfőra risk főr brand. Főr att undvika detta skall vid anslutning av utrustningen till kabel-TV nät galvanisk isolator finnas mellan utrustningen och kabel-TV nätet.

!!

!!

!!

!!

Page 12: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 12 of 353

Précautions générales relatives à l'équipement

L’utilisation de commandes ou de réglages ou l'exécution de procédures autres que celles spécifiées dans les présentes peut engendrer une exposition dangereuse aux rayonnements.

L’usage de FibeAir IDU s’accompagne du risque suivant d'électrocution et de danger électrique : le débranchement d'une alimentation électrique ne déconnecte qu'un module d'alimentation électrique. Pour isoler complètement l'unité, il faut débrancher toutes les alimentations électriques.

Bruit de machine d’ordre - 3. GPSGV, le plus haut niveau de pression sonore s'élève à 70 dB (A) au maximum, dans le respect de la norme ISO EN 7779.

Allgemeine Vorsichtsmaßnahmen für die Anlage

Wenn andere Steuerelemente verwendet, Einstellungen vorgenommen oder Verfahren durchgeführt werden als die hier angegebenen, kann dies gefährliche Strahlung verursachen.

Beachten Sie beim Arbeiten mit FibeAir IDU das folgende Stromschlag- und Gefahrenrisiko: Durch Abtrennen einer Stromquelle wird nur ein Stromversorgungsmodul abgetrennt. Um die Einheit vollständig zu isolieren, trennen Sie alle Stromversorgungen ab.

Maschinenlärminformations-Verordnung - 3. GPSGV, der höchste Schalldruckpegel beträgt 70 dB(A) oder weniger gemäß EN ISO 7779.

!!

!!

!!

!!

!!

!!

Page 13: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 13 of 353

RoHS Compliance Declaration

Electronic Information Products Declaration of Hazardous/Toxic Substances

Component

Hazardous Substance

Lead

(Pb)

Mercury

(Hg)

Cadmium

(Cd)

Hexavalent

Chromium

(Cr VI)

Polybrominated

Biphenyls (PBB)

Polybrominated

Diphenyl Ethers

(PBDE)

PCB/Circuit

Modules Comply Comply Comply Comply Comply Comply

Mechanical Parts Comply Comply Comply Comply Comply Comply

Cables Comply Comply Comply Comply Comply Comply

Page 14: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 14 of 353

1. About This Guide

This guide describes the installation procedures for an IP-10 system using an IP-10 G-Series IDU and any of the supported RFUs. This guide also provides additional information concerning system configuration and verification once the installation is complete.

2. What You Should Know

An IP-10 system includes one or more FibeAir IP-10 G-Series or E-Series IDUs and any of several types of Ceragon RFUs. This manual provides instructions for the installation of a complete IP-10 system, including an IP-10 G-Series or E-Series IDU and an RFU.

3. Target Audience

This guide contains technical information about installation of an IP-10 system, and is intended for use by personnel of all levels certified by Ceragon personnel such as system engineers, technicians, or supervisors.

4. Related Documents FibeAir IP-10 Product Description

FibeAir IP-10 License Management System - DOC-00019183

FibeAir IP-10 G-Series Web Based Management User Guide, DOC-00018688

FibeAir CeraBuild Commission Reports Guide, DOC-00028133

FibeAir RFU-HP Product Description

FibeAir RFU-HP Installation Guide - DOC-00015514

FibeAir RFU-C Product Description

FibeAir RFU-C Installation Guide - DOC-00017708

FibeAir RFU-A Product Description

FibeAir RFU-HS Product Description

FibeAir RFU-HS Installation Guide - DOC-00022617

FibeAir RFU-SP Product Description

FibeAir RFU-SP Installation Guide - DOC-00015515

RFU-P Installation Guide - DOC-00015520

FibeAir IP-10G CLI (Command Line Interface) User Guide – DOC-00023199

Page 15: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 15 of 353

5. Section Summary

This manual includes the following sections:

Section Summary

Section Summary of Contents

Preparing for Installation Provides guidelines for transporting, inspecting, and unpacking the

equipment for an IP-10 system.

Installing the IDU Provides instructions for installing IDU units, including instructions for rack

and nodal configurations, and special instructions for 1+1, 2+0, and 2+2

configurations.

RFU Overview Describes the Ceragon RFU models that can be used in an IP-10 system,

including a comparison guide.

Installing the FibeAir RFU-C Provides instructions for installing FibeAir RFU-C units.

Installing the FibeAir RFU-HP Provides instructions for installing FibeAir RFU-HP units.

Installing the FibeAir RFU-A Provides instructions for installing FibeAir RFU-A units.

Installing the FibeAir RFU-HS and

the FibeAir RFU-SP

Provides instructions for installing FibeAir RFU-HS and FibeAir RFU-SP

units.

Installing the FibeAir RFU-P Provides instructions for installing FibeAir RFU-P units.

Connecting an IDU to an RFU Provides instructions for connecting an IDU to an RFU.

Initial System Configuration Describes the basic configuration steps for an IP-10 radio link, including how

to connect a PC or laptop to the IDU and launch Ceragon Web-Based

Management, upgrade the IDU software, activate the license key, and

configure basic IDU parameters.

Special Instructions for Specific

Configuration Options

Provides additional instructions for specific configurations, including 1+1

HSB, 2+2 HSB, Space Diversity, Frequency Diversity, XPIC, and Multi-

Radio.

Acceptance and Commissioning

Procedures

Provides Ceragon's recommended Acceptance and Commissioning

Procedure for a FibeAir IP-10 system, to be performed after initial setup is

complete.

Appendix A: Line Interfaces Describes the FibeAir main channel, wayside channel, and order wire

channel interfaces.

Appendix B: Connector Pin-Outs Provides pin-outs for FibeAir IDU connectors.

Appendix C: Fan Tray Replacement Explains how to replace the fan tray in an IP-10 IDU.

Appendix D: CLI Overview Provides basic instructions for using the Command Line Interface (CLI).

Page 16: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 16 of 353

6. Preparing for Installation

This section provides instructions for transporting, inspecting, and unpacking the equipment for an IP-10 system prior to installation.

6.1 Packing

The equipment is packed at the factory, and sealed moisture-absorbing bags are inserted.

6.2 Transportation

The equipment is prepared for public transportation. The cargo must be kept dry during transportation, in accordance with ETS 300 019-1-2, Class 2.3.

It is recommended to transport the equipment to the installation site in its original packing case.

If intermediate storage is required, the packed equipment must be stored in dry and cool conditions and out of direct sunlight, in accordance with ETS 300 019-1-1, Class 1.2.

6.3 Inspection

Check the packing lists, and ensure that the correct part numbers and quantities of components arrived.

6.4 Unpacking Equipment at the Site

A single FibeAir system (1+0) is shipped in 5 crates. Upon delivery, make sure that the following items are included:

Two indoor units (IDUs) and accessories

Two radio frequency units (RFUs)

One CD with a Web-Based Manager User Guide.

Note: If you ordered the PolyView™ Network Management System, the package should also include a PolyView User Guide.

Unpack the contents and check for damaged or missing parts. If any part is damaged or missing, contact your local Ceragon distributor.

Page 17: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 17 of 353

7. Installing the IDU

This section provides instructions for installing a FibeAir IP-10 IDU at a customer site.

Note: For full functionality and feature availability, upgrade the IDU to the latest released software version. You can obtain the latest software version and release notes at Ceragon’s FTP site. For access to the site, contact [email protected]. For additional details, refer to Initial System Configuration on page 233.

7.1 Required Tools for IDU Installation

The following tools are required to install an IDU:

Philips screwdriver (for mounting the IDU to the rack and grounding screw)

Flathead small screwdriver (for PSU connector)

Sharp cutting knife (for wire stripping)

Crimping tool for ground cable lug crimping (optional: if alternative grounding cable is used).

7.2 Cables

In addition to the tools mentioned above, the interface connectors and their pin-outs are described in the following sections in this guide:

Appendix A: Line Interfaces

Appendix B: Connector Pin-Outs

7.3 Special Requirements for North America

Restricted Access Area: DC powered equipment should only be installed in a Restricted Access Area.

Installation Codes: The equipment must be installed according to country national electrical codes. For North America, equipment must be installed in accordance to the US National Electrical Code, Articles 110-16, 110-17 and 110-18, and the Canadian Electrical Code, Section 12.

Overcurrent Protection: A readily accessible Listed branch circuit overcurrent protective device, rated 15 A, must be incorporated in the building wiring.

CAUTION: This equipment is designed to permit connection between the earthed conductor of the DC supply circuit and the earthing conductor at the equipment.

Grounded Supply System: The equipment shall be connected to a properly grounded supply system. All equipment in the immediate vicinity shall be grounded the same way, and shall not be grounded elsewhere.

Page 18: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 18 of 353

Local Supply System: The DC supply system is to be local, i.e. within the same premises as the equipment.

Disconnect Device: A disconnect device is not allowed in the grounded circuit between the DC supply source and the frame/grounded circuit connection.

7.4 Site Requirements

Must be located indoors.

The environment temperature must be between -5 C and +45 C.

Easily accessible, but only by authorized personnel.

Available power source of -48 VDC, and the site must comply with National Electric Code (NEC) standards.

Available management connection (Ethernet or dial-up).

No more than 300 m from RFU location.

In addition, since the IDU will be connected to the RFU, when considering a site, it is important to check for current and future obstacles on the roof or tower. Possible future obstacles may include trees, new buildings, window cleaners on the roof, and snow that may accumulate in front of the antenna. The site should be accessible, but only by certified personnel.

Note about Heat Dissipation: The IP-10 IDU overall heat dissipation is 25W max (~85 BTU/h). The RFU heat dissipation is 100W max.

Note about Antenna Location: As with any type of construction, a local permit may be required before installing an antenna. It is the owner’s responsibility to obtain any and all permits.

7.4.1 IDU Dimensions

The following illustration shows the dimensions (in millimeters) of the FibeAir IP-10 IDU.

Page 19: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 19 of 353

7.5 Configuration Options

IP-10 can be installed in a standalone or a nodal configuration. The nodal configuration adds a backplane, which is required for certain functionality such as the TDM Cross-Connect and XPIC.

For instructions on installing an IP-10 IDU in a standalone configuration, refer to Installing the IDU in a 19"/ETSI Rack on page 19.

For instructions on installing an IP-10 IDU in a nodal configuration, refer to Installing the IDU in a Nodal on page 20.

7.6 Installing the IDU in a 19"/ETSI Rack

WARNING!

The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intra-building or exposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.

The FibeAir IP-10 IDU can be installed in a standard 19" ETSI rack as shown in the following illustration.

As shown in the illustration, four screws, supplied with the installation kit, are used to secure the IDU to the rack.

Page 20: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 20 of 353

7.7 Installing the IDU in a Nodal Enclosure

Each IP-10 IDU in a nodal configuration operates as either the main unit or an extension unit. The IDU’s role is determined by its position in the nodal enclosure, with the lowest unit in the enclosure (Unit Number 1) always serving as the main unit.

The main unit performs the following functions:

Provides a central controller for management

Provides radio and line interfaces

Extension units provide radio and line interfaces, and are accessed through the main unit.

7.7.1 Nodal Enclosure Design

Two types of shelves are available for a nodal configuration:

Main Nodal Enclosure – Each node must have a main nodal enclosure, which can hold two IP-10 IDUs.

Extension Nodal Enclosure –Up to two extension nodal enclosures can be stacked on top of the main nodal enclosure. Each extension nodal enclosure can contain two IP-10 IDUs.

Main Nodal Enclosure

Extension Nodal Enclosure

Each nodal enclosure includes a backplane. The rear panel of an IP-10 IDU includes an extra connector for connection to the backplane. The following interfaces are implemented through the backplane:

Multi-Radio

Protection

XPIC

IP-10 IDUs are hot-swappable, and additional extension nodal enclosures and IDUs can be added in the field as required, without affecting traffic.

Page 21: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 21 of 353

7.7.2 List of Kits Needed to Install an IDU in a Nodal Configuration

Item Description Quantity Remarks

1 I+MAIN ENCLOSURE 1

2 I+EXPANSION ENCLOSURE In accordance with configuration Optional

3* I+BLANK In accordance with configuration Optional

4 IP-10 G-Series IDU In accordance with configuration

* Note that item #3, I+BLANK, is a blank panel that must be installed in each enclosure slot that is not occupied by an IDU.

7.7.3 Procedure for IDU Installation in a Nodal Configuration

1 Install the IP-10 I+Main Enclosure

in the 19 inch rack using 4 screws.

2 If an expansion enclosure is

required, install the IP-10

I+Expansion Enclosure above the

IP-10 I+Main Enclosure, by sliding

it down.

Page 22: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 22 of 353

3 Fasten the 2 screws at the back of

the IP-10 I+Expansion Enclosure.

4 Install the IP-10 I+Main Enclosure

in the 19 inch rack using 4 screws.

5 If an additional expansion

enclosure is required, perform

steps 2-4 again with the second

IP-10 I+Expansion Enclosure.

Page 23: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 23 of 353

6 Remove the two 19” brackets

mounted on the IP-10 IDU by

unscrewing the 3 screws at each

side.

7 Install the two special 19" brackets

on the IP-10 IDU supplied with the

enclosure kit.

Warning! The 19” ears should be removed from the IP-10 IDU and replaced with the special ears that are used to fasten the IP-10 IDU to the main nodal enclosure (the XC chassis). If this is not done, the unit will not be 100% plugged into the backplane and you may encounter incomprehensible errors.

8 Slide the IDU into the enclosure

and tighten it using 2 screws.

Repeat this step for any additional

IDUs in your configuration.

Page 24: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 24 of 353

9 If there are any empty slots in your

configuration, slide the IP-10

I+Blank panel into the enclosure,

and tighten it using 2 screws.

10 In accordance with the

configuration, remove the IP-10 T-

Card blank panel from the IDU, by

releasing 2 side screws.

11 In accordance with the

configuration, insert the IP-10 T-

Card panel into the IDU sliders,

and tighten it using 2 side screws.

Note If you remove the T-Card, the T-Card blank needs to be put back in the slot.

Important! For the warranty to be honored, install the unit in accordance with the instructions above.

Page 25: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 25 of 353

7.8 Grounding the IDU and Electrical Information

The following illustration shows how the IDU is grounded to the rack.

IDU Grounding Notes

The IDU is suitable for installation in a Common Bonding Network (CBN).

Only copper wire should be used.

The wire must be at least 14 AWG.

Connector and connection surfaces must be plated. Bare conductors must be coated with antioxidant before crimp connections are made to the screws.

FibeAir provides a ground for each IDU, via a one-hole mounted lug onto a single-point stud. The stud must be installed using a UL-listed ring tongue terminal, and two star washers for anti-rotation.

For antenna ports, lightning protection is used that does not permit transients of a greater magnitude than the following:

Open Circuit: 1.2-50us 600V

Short Circuit: 8-20us 300A

The ampacity of the conductor connecting the IDU frame to the DC return conductor is equal to, or greater than, the ampacity of the associated DC return conductor.

1 On the IDU, connect a grounding wire to the single point stud below the IDU-RFU interface (using the single screw with two washers), and, at its other end, to the rack.

Single Point Stud

Grounding

Wire

Page 26: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 26 of 353

2 Connect the power cable to the IDU power connector, and at the other end to the power source.

Note: Connecting the power cable to a live power source will cause the IDU to be powered on.

Important! Make sure to use a circuit breaker to protect the circuit from damage by short or overload.

Power Supply Notes

When selecting a power source, the following must be considered:

DC power can be from -40.5 VDC to -60 VDC.

Recommended: Availability of a UPS (Uninterrupted Power Source), battery backup, and emergency power generator.

Whether or not the power source provides constant power (i.e., power is secured on weekends or is shut off frequently and consistently).

The power supply must have grounding points on the AC and DC sides.

Caution!

The user power supply GND must be connected to the positive pole in the IDU power supply. Any other connection may cause damage to the system!

Power supply grounding should be in accordance with the following illustration:

Page 27: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 27 of 353

7.8.1 Dual DC Feed

The dual feed IDU supports two DC inputs for power redundancy. Each input can be connected to a separate power source. The lower input is numbered 1, and the upper is numbered 2.

Each input can receive voltage in the range of -40.5Vto -60V.

Each power input has a dedicated LED on the front panel which indicates if that input is receiving adequate power. This means that the LED will be off when the input voltage is below -40.5V (absolute value).

In addition, the IDU raises an alarm when the power input is below the minimal level (one alarm per power input). You can mask this alarm using the CLI. This option can be used if you choose to connect only one power input and do not want a permanent alarm in the system.

The power input connectors have built-in screws. Appropriate DC cables should be used, and the screws should be fastened.

Dual Feed

Connectors

Page 28: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 28 of 353

8. RFU Overview

This section provides an overview of the radio frequency units (RFUs) that you can install as part of an IP-10 system. Ceragon's RFUs were designed with sturdiness, power, simplicity, and compatibility in mind. These advanced systems provide high-power transmission for short and long distances and can be assembled and installed quickly and easily. Any of the RFUs described in this section can be used in an IP-10 system.

FibeAir RFUs deliver the maximum capacity over 3.5-56 MHz channels with configurable modulation schemes from QPSK to 256QAM. The RFU supports low to high capacities for traditional voice, mission critical and for emerging Ethernet services, with any mix of interfaces, pure Ethernet, pure TDM or hybrid Ethernet and TDM interfaces (Native2).

High spectral efficiency is ensured using the same bandwidth for double the capacity, via a single carrier, with vertical and horizontal polarizations. This feature is implemented by a built-in Cross Polarization Interference Canceller (XPIC) mechanism.

An IP-10 system can use the following RFUs:

Standard Power

FibeAir RFU-C

FibeAir RFU-SP

FibeAir RFU-P

High Power

FibeAir 1500HP

FibeAir RFU-HP

FibeAir RFU-A

FibeAir RFU-HS

Page 29: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 29 of 353

8.1 RFU Selection Guide

The following table can be used to help you select the RFU that is appropriate to your location.

For the 13-38 GHz frequency range, use FibeAir RFU-C

For the low frequencies please refer to the options below:

Note: RFU-P and RSP-SP are generally not recommended for new installations. RFU-C will generally be a more appropriate standard-power option.

RFU Selection Guide

Character RFU-C (6 – 38GHz)

1500HP (6 – 11GHz)

RFU-HP

(6 – 11GHz)

RFU-A

(5.8 Unlicensed, 6- 11GHz)

RFU-HS (6 – 8GHz)

RFU-SP (6 – 8GHz)

RFU-P

(11 – 38GHz)

Installation Type

Split Mount √ √ √ -- √ √ √

All-Indoor -- √ √ √ -- √ √

Space Diversity

Method SD (BBS/IFC) BBS BBS + IFC BBS BBS BBS BBS BBS

Frequency

Diversity FD -- √ √ -- -- -- --

Configuration

1+0/2+0/1+1/2+2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √

N+1 -- √ √ -- -- -- --

N+0 ( N>2) -- √ √ √ -- -- --

Tx Power (dBm)

High Power

(up to 29 dBm) -- √ √ √ √ --

--

Ultra High Power

(up to 32 dBm) -- √ √ √ -- -- --

RFU Mounting Direct Mount

Antenna √ -- -- -- √ √

Bandwidth

(BW)

3.5MHz – 56 MHz √ -- √ √ -- -- --

10 MHz – 30 MHz √ √ √ √ √ √ √

56 MHz √ -- √ √ √ √ √

Power Saving

Mode

Adjustable Power

Consumption -- -- √ √ -- -- --

Page 30: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 30 of 353

9. Installing the FibeAir RFU-C

This section describes the basic types of RFU-C installations, including:

1+0 Direct Mount Installation

1+1 Direct Mount Installation

1+0 Remote Mount Installation

1+1 Remote Mount Installation

This section also describes the following items and procedures:

Mediation Device (Antenna Mount) Losses

Antenna Connection

Direct Mount for NSN FlexiHopper Antennas

RFU-C - NSN Adapter Installation

RFU-P Antenna Adaptor

RFU-C to RFU-P Interface Installation

RFU-C OMT (Orthogonal Mode Transducer) Installation

RFU-C Adaptor to Ericsson 0.3m Compact Antennas Installation

RFU-C External Attenuator Installation

RFU-C Adaptation Kit for Imperial Waveguides

RFU-C – N Adapter Installation

RFU-C – NC Adapter Installation

RFU-C – SRAL Adaptor Installation

9.1 List of Items

Item Description Quantity Remarks

1 RFU-C RADIO 1 or 2 1 for 1+0 configurations.

2 for 1+1 configurations

2 RFU-C POLE MOUNT KIT 1 For Remote Mount

3 RFU-C REMOTE MOUNT ADAPTOR 1 For Remote Mount 6-13 GHz

4 RFU-C COUPLER KIT 1 For 1+1 Configuration

5 RFU-C TWIST KIT 1 For 1+1 Direct Mount

6 RFU-C FLEXIBLE WG KIT 1 For 1+1 Remote Mount

9.2 Required Tools

The following tools are required for the RFU-C installation:

Metric offset hexagon key wrench #6

Phillips #2 screwdriver

In addition, a 1+1 configuration requires the following:

Metric offset hexagon key wrench #2.5 and #3

Page 31: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 31 of 353

9.3 Installation Components

The following figures show the main components involved in the installation procedures.

RFU-C

Coupler Holder with Coupler V/H Twist

Remote Pole Mount Kit

Page 32: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 32 of 353

9.4 Component Part Numbers

Ceragon P/N

Description UER70 UBR84 UBR100 UBR120 UBR140 UBR220 UBR320

6GHz 7-8GHz 9-10GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz Qty Drawing/Data Sheet

Ippon Coupler Kit MK-4001-0 MK-4002-0 MK-4003-0 MK-4004-0 MK-4005-0 MK-4006-0 MK-4007-0 MK-4008-0 MK-4009-0 MK-40010-0 MK-40011-0 BM-0183-0

Ippon Remote Mount Kit MK-4000-0

Ippon Adaptor Remote

Mount Kit

MK-4055-0 MK-4056-0 MK-4057-0 MK-4058-0 BM-0141-0

Ippon WG Kit MK-4012-0 MK-4013-0 MK-4014-0 MK-4015-0 MK-4016-0 MK-4017-0 MK-4018-0

Ippon Twist Kit MK-4020-0 MK-4021-0 MK-4022-0 MK-4023-0 MK-4024-0 MK-4025-0 MK-4026-0 MK-4027-0 MK-4028-0 MK-4029-0 MK-4030-0 BM-0183-0

Ippon-Phosphorus DM

Adaptor Kit

MK-4075-0 MK-4076-0 MK-4077-0 MK-4078-0 MK-4079-0 MK-4080-0 MK-4081-0 MK-4082-0 MK-4083-0 BM-0142-0

Ippon Adaptor Kit to

Imperial Ant.

MK-4047-0 MK-4040-0 MK-4048-0 MK-4049-0 MK-4042-0 MK-4044-0 MK-4046-0

Ippon Adaptor Kit to Imp

WG

MK-4084-0 MK-4041-0 MK-4085-0 MK-4086-0 MK-4043-0 MK-4045-0 MK-4087-0 BM-0182-0

Ippon OMT Kit MK-4060-0 MK-4061-0 MK-4062-0 MK-4063-0 MK-4064-0 MK-4065-0 MK-4066-0 MK-4067-0 MK-4068-0 MK-4069-0 MK-4070-0 BM-0140-0

Ippon-NSN Adaptor Kit MK-4088- MK-4089-0 MK-4090-0 MK-4091-0 MK-4092-0 BM-0144-0

Ippon Adaptors OMT Kit MK-4110-0 MK-4111-0 MK-4112-0 BM-0140-0

Ippon Short OMT Kit MK-4100-0 MK-4101-0 MK-4102-0 MK-4103-0 MK-4104-0 MK-4105-0 MK-4106-0 BM-0140-0

Ippon 19in Mounting Kit MK-4130-0

Page 33: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 33 of 353

Ceragon P/N

Description UER70 UBR84 UBR100 UBR120 UBR140 UBR220 UBR320

6GHz 7-8GHz 9-10GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz Qty Drawing/Data Sheet

External 20dB

Attenuator

MK-4151-X BM-0167-0

RFU-C Cap for Captive

Screws Kit

RFU-C - NEC Adaptor

Kit

MK-4170-0 MK-4171-0 BM-0169-0

RFU-C - Ericsson

Adaptor Kit

MK-4120-0 MK-4121-0 MK-4122-0 MK-4125-0 MK-4123-0 MK-4124-0 BM-0145-0

RFU-C - SRAL

(Siemens) Adaptor Kit

MK-4161-0 MK-4162-0 MK-4163-0 MK-4164-0 MK-4165-0 BM-0166-0

Ippon Remote Mount Kit

For Circulator

MK-4190-0

Ippon Circulator Kit MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 BM-0

Ippon 3db Coupler Kit MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 MK-4 BM-0

RFU-C - Ericsson Rau1

Adaptor Kit

Humidity Absorbing AA-0060-0 3

Polyethylene Bag

Zipper

AA-0072-0 1

Antistatic Polyethylene AA-0076-0 1

Page 34: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 34 of 353

Ceragon P/N

Description UER70 UBR84 UBR100 UBR120 UBR140 UBR220 UBR320

6GHz 7-8GHz 9-10GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz Qty Drawing/Data Sheet

White label+ Adhesive BS-0089-0 1

Washer, Helical Spring JC-0055-0 3

Screw, Sock Hex Head

Cap

JA-0211-0 3

Oring for UBR84 AA-0357-X 1

Ippon To Eric.Coul Conf MA-1198-X 1

Screw,Philips Flat

Head,

JA-0251-0 4

RFU-C Adaptor to

Ericsson

BM-0XXX-0 1

Carton PAC Ippon

Ericsson

GB-0112-0 1

Foam Right Ippon

Ericsson

GN-0130-0 1

Foam Left Ippon GN-0131-0 1

Ippon TO Ericsson

Antenna

MA-1188-X MA-1139-1 MA-1161-0 1

Page 35: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 35 of 353

9.5 Marketing Models

WG standards UER70 UBR84 UBR100 UBR120 UBR140 UBR220 UBR320

Description 6GHz 7-8GHz 10-11GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz

RFU-C COUPLER KIT MK-4001-0 (MK-4002-0) MK-4003-0 MK-4004-0 MK-4005-0 MK-4006-0 MK-4007-0 MK-4008-0 MK-4009-0 MK-4010-0 MK-4011-0

RFU-C TWIST KIT MK-4020-0 MK-4021-0 MK-4022-0 MK-4023-0 MK-4024-0 MK-4025-0 MK-4026-0 MK-4027-0 MK-4028-0 MK-4029-0 MK-4030-0

RFU-C OMT KIT MK-4060-0 MK-4061-0 MK-4062-0 MK-4063-0 MK-4064-0 MK-4065-0 MK-4066-0 MK-4067-0 MK-4068-0 MK-4069-0 MK-4070-0

RFU-C ADAPTORS

OMT KIT MK-4110-0 MK-4111-0 MK-4112-0 NA

RFU-C SHORT OMT

KIT MK-4100-0 MK-4101-0 MK-4102-0 MK-4103-0 MK-4104-0 MK-4105-0 MK-4106-0

Remote Mount 6GHz 7-8GHz 10-11GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz

RFU-C REMOTE

MOUNT KIT MK-4000-0

RFU-C ADAPTOR

REMOTE MOUNT KIT MK-4055-0 MK-4056-0 MK-4057-0 MK-4058-0

RFU-C WG Kit MK-4012-0 MK-4013-0 MK-4014-0 MK-4015-0 MK-4016-0 MK-4017-1 MK-4018-1

1500P adaptors 6GHz 7-8GHz 10-11GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz

RFU-C-PHOSPHORUS

DM ADAPTOR KIT

MK-4075-0 MK-4076-0 MK-4077-0 MK-4078-0 MK-4079-0 MK-4080-0 MK-4081-0 MK-4082-0 MK-4083-0

Page 36: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 36 of 353

WG standards UER70 UBR84 UBR100 UBR120 UBR140 UBR220 UBR320

Imperial to mm

Transitions 6GHz 7-8GHz 10-11GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz

RFU-C ADAPTOR KIT

TO IMPERIAL ANT. MK-4047-0 MK-4040-0 MK-4048-0 MK-4049-0 MK-4042-0 MK-4044-0 MK-4046-0

RFU-C ADAPTOR KIT

TO IMP WG MK-4084-0 MK-4041-0 MK-4085-0 MK-4086-0 MK-4043-0 MK-4045-0 MK-4087-0

Other Vendors

Antennas 6GHz 7-8GHz 10-11GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz

RFU-C - NEC Adaptor

kit

MK-4170-0 MK-4171-0

RFU-C - ERICSSON

Adaptor kit (RAU2)

MK-4120-0

MK-4121-0 MK-4122-0 MK-4125-0 MK-4123-0 MK-4124-0

RFU-C - SRAL

(SIEMENS) Adaptor kit

MK-4161-0

MK-4162-0 MK-4163-0 MK-4164-0 MK-4165-0

RFU-C-NSN ADAPTOR

KIT

MK-4088-0

MK-4089-0 MK-4090-0 MK-4091-0

MK-4092-0

Page 37: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 37 of 353

WG standards UER70 UBR84 UBR100 UBR120 UBR140 UBR220 UBR320

Unique Installations

and Accessories 6GHz 7-8GHz 10-11GHz 13GHz 15GHz 18GHz 23GHz 26GHz 28GHz 32GHz 38GHz

RFU-C 19in

MOUNTING KIT MK-4130-0

RFU-C External 20dB

Attenuator

MK-4151-X

RFU-C REMOTE

MOUNT KIT FOR

CIRCULATOR MK-4190-0

Page 38: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 38 of 353

9.6 1+0 Direct Mount Installation

To install the RFU-C in a direct mount 1+0 configuration:

Important! Do not remove the transparent pressure window located on the antenna interface.

1 If necessary, change the antenna polarization by rotating the RFU-C in accordance with the relevant antenna installation guide.

Vertical Pole Horizontal Pole

Page 39: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 39 of 353

2 Mount the RFU-C on the antenna using the four M8 captive screws and washers that are supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.

Note: Make sure the polarization mounting direction of the RFU-C is correct.

Page 40: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 40 of 353

9.7 1+1 Direct Mount Installation

In 1+1 direct mount installation, the RFU-C is attached to a coupler. To install an RFU-C in a direct mount 1+1 configuration:

Notes: For 15 and 18 GHz frequencies, two O-Rings are supplied in the Twist kit and should be mounted in the twist grooves.

For 6 GHz frequency, a gasket is used instead of an O-Ring. The gasket should be mounted between the twist and the RFU-C Coupler kit.

1 Mount the twist to the coupler using the O-Ring and four screws supplied in the Twist kit, and tighten the screws.

Important: Make sure the polarization mounting direction of the twist to the coupler is according to the antenna polarization.

Page 41: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 41 of 353

2 Mount the coupler radio on the antenna using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C Coupler kit, and tighten the screws.

3 Mount the two O-Rings supplied with the RFU-C Coupler kit, as shown in the following figures.

4 Mount the RFU-C to the body of the coupler using the four M8 captive screws and washers that are supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.

Page 42: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 42 of 353

9.8 1+0 Remote Mount Installation

1 For 6-13 GHz installations only, mount the RFU-C remote adaptor and O-Ring to the pole mount using the four flat M5 screws supplied in the RFU-C Remote Mount Adaptor kit, and tighten the screws.

2 Mount the RFU-C to the pole mount using the four M8 captive screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.

3 Place the O-Ring in the flexible waveguide flange groove. 4 Place the O-Ring in the other end of the flexible waveguide flange groove.

Page 43: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 43 of 353

5 Mount the flexible waveguide on the antenna, and tighten the screws and washers.

Page 44: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 44 of 353

9.9 1+1 Remote Mount Installation

In 1+1 remote mount installation, the RFU-C is attached to a coupler. To install an RFU-C in a remote mount 1+1 configuration:

1 Mount the RFU-C coupler to the RFU-C pole mount bracket using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C Coupler kit, and tighten the screws.

2 Mount the two O-Rings supplied with the Coupler kit, according to the Coupler kit instructions.

3 Mount the RFU-C on the body of the coupler using the four M8 captive screws and washers that are supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.

Page 45: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 45 of 353

4 Place the O-Ring in the flexible waveguide flange groove. 5 Mount the flexible waveguide on the coupler, and tighten the screws and

washers. 6 Place the O-Ring in the other end of the flexible waveguide flange groove. 7 Mount the flexible waveguide on the antenna, and tighten the screws and

washers.

9.10 Mediation Device (Antenna Mount) Losses

Configuration Mount Path

Per Terminal Losses (dB)

6-8 GHz

11 GHz

13-15 GHz

18 GHz

23-32 GHz

38 GHz

1+0 Direct - 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Remote - 0.5 0.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5

1+1 HSB

Direct

Main-Main 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.8

Sec-Main,

Main-Sec 6 6 6 6 6 6

Remote

Main-Main 1.9 1.9 2.6 2.9 3.1 3.3

Sec-Main,

Main-Sec 6.5 6.5 7.2 7.5 7.5 7.5

2+0 XPIC Remote - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Notes: The antenna interface is always the RFU-C interface.

If other antennas are to be used, an adaptor with a 0.1 dB loss should be considered.

Page 46: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 46 of 353

Item Loss (dB)

6-8 GHz 11 GHz 13-15 GHz 18-32 GHz 38 GHz

Flexible Waveguide 0.5 0.5 1.2 1.5 1.5

Main Coupler 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.5

Secondary Coupler 6 6 6 6 6

Twist 0 0 0 0 0

Note: The numbers above are typical losses per component.

9.11 Antenna Connection

RFU-C uses Andrew, RFS and Xian Putian antennas.

The following catalog items should be used:

Andrew: VHLP/HP series

RFS: SB/SU series

Xian Putian: WTG series

RFU-C can be mounted directly for all frequencies (6-38 GHz) using the following antenna types (for integrated antennas, specific antennas PNs are required):

Andrew: VHLP series

RFS: SB/SU series

Xian Putian: WTG series

For remote mount installations, the following flexible waveguide flanges should be used (millimetric). The same antenna type (integrated) as indicated above can be used (recommended).

Other antenna types using the flanges listed in the table below may be used.

Frequency Circ. WG Diameter

Rect. WG

Flange Des.

Radio Side

(Remote) Flange Des.

Flex WG

Side A Flange Des.

Flex WG

Side B Flange Des.

Antenna

(Remote) Flange Des.

Coupler Kit Twist

for 1+1 Direct

Ceragon OMT Kit OMT Adaptor (Andrew)

Band Range (GHz)

for 1+1 for 2+0 for 2+0

6(L/U) GHz 5.8-7.1 31.8mm WR137 UDR70 PDR70 PDR70 UDR70 RFU-C6-

CPLR-Kit

RFU-C6-TWST-

Kit RFU-C6-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C6-OMT-INT-A

7/8 GHz 7.1-8.5 26mm WR112 UBR84 PBR84 PBR84 UBR84 RFU-C7_8-

CPLR-Kit

RFU-C7_8-

TWST-Kit RFU-C7_8-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C7_8-OMT-INT-A

10/11 GHz 10.0-11.7 18mm WR90 UBR100 PBR100 PBR100 UBR100

RFU-

C10_11CPLR-

Kit

RFU-C10_11-

TWST-Kit RFU-C10_11-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C10_11-OMT-INT-A

13 GHz 12.7-13.3 15mm WR75 UBR120 PBR120 PBR120 UBR120 RFU-C13-

CPLR-Kit

RFU-C13-

TWST-Kit RFU-C13-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C13-OMT-INT-A

15 GHz 14.5-15.4 13.5mm WR62 UBR140 PBR140 PBR140 UBR140 RFU-C15-

CPLR-Kit

RFU-C15-

TWST-Kit RFU-C15-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C15-OMT-INT-A

18 GHz 17.7-19.7 10.5mm WR42 UBR220 PBR220 PBR220 UBR220 RFU-C18-

CPLR-Kit

RFU-C18-

TWST-Kit RFU-C18-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C18-OMT-INT-A

Page 47: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 47 of 353

Frequency Circ. WG Diameter

Rect. WG Flange Des.

Radio Side (Remote) Flange Des.

Flex WG Side A Flange Des.

Flex WG Side B Flange Des.

Antenna (Remote) Flange Des.

Coupler Kit Twist

for 1+1 Direct

Ceragon OMT Kit OMT Adaptor (Andrew)

Band Range (GHz)

for 1+1 for 2+0 for 2+0

23 GHz 21.2-23.6 9mm RFU-C23-

CPLR-Kit

RFU-C23-

TWST-Kit RFU-C23-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C23-OMT-INT-A

26 GHz 24.5-26.6 8mm RFU-C26-

CPLR-Kit

RFU-C26-

TWST-Kit RFU-C26-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C26-OMT-INT-A

28 GHz 27.3-29.5 7mm

WR28 UBR320 PBR320 PBR320 UBR320

RFU-C28-

CPLR-Kit

RFU-C28_32-

TWST-Kit RFU-C28-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C28-OMT-INT-A

38GHz 37.0-40.0 5.5mm RFU-C38-

CPLR-Kit

RFU-C38-

TWST-Kit RFU-C38-OMT-DM-Kit RFU-C38-OMT-INT-A

If a different antenna type (CPR flange) is used, a flange adaptor is required. Please contact your Ceragon representative for details.

9.12 Direct Mount for NSN FlexiHopper Antennas

RFU-C can be directly mounted on a NSN FlexiHopper 6-38 GHz, 1-6 ft antenna, in 1+0 and 1+1 configurations.

An adapter is used for the direct mount, as shown in the following figure.

Page 48: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 48 of 353

9.13 RFU-C - NSN Adapter Installation

9.13.1 List of Kits

Item Description Quantity

1 RFU-C NSN INTERFACE 1

2 RFU-C O-RING 1

3 RFU-C RADIO 1

4 SCREW SOCKET HEAD M8 4

5 WASHER SPRING LOCK FOR M8 4

9.13.2 Required Tools

Metric offset hexagon key wrench 6

9.13.3 Procedure

Important! Do not remove the transparent pressure window located on the antenna interface.

1 Check that the gasket is already mounted on the NSN interface side.

Note: For UBR84 (7GHz), insert the gasket on the NSN antenna/coupler side.

Page 49: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 49 of 353

2 Insert the O-Ring in its groove at the rear side of the RFU-C. Make sure the mounting direction is correct, as shown in the section view.

3 Insert the four screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C through the RFU-C and NSN adapter, and tighten the screws.

Page 50: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 50 of 353

The following figure shows the RFU mounted to the NSN antenna.

9.14 RFU-P Antenna Adaptor

When mounting an RFU-C on an antenna upon which an RFU-P (11-38 GHz) direct mount was previously installed, the following adaptor is required (frequency-dependent).

Page 51: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 51 of 353

9.15 RFU-C to RFU-P Interface Installation

9.15.1 List of Kits

Item Description Quantity Remarks

1 RFU-C/RFU-P DIRECT MOUNT INTERFACE 1

2 RFU-C RADIO 1 or 2

3 RFU-C COUPLER 1 Optional

9.15.2 Required Tools

Metric offset hexagon key wrench #6

Metric offset hexagon key wrench #3

Screwdriver Phillips #2

9.15.3 Procedure

1 Prior to the installation, check the polarization definition on the RFU-P antenna. Also check that the O-Ring is mounted properly on the RFU-P antenna.

Page 52: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 52 of 353

2 The RFU-C/RFU-P interface is mounted with vertical polarization by default. If necessary, switch the polarization by releasing four countersink screws, rotating the central adaptor 90 degrees, and re-tightening the screws.

3 Mount the O-Ring supplied in the RFU-C/RFU-P Interface kit on the RFU-C/ RFU-P interface. Make sure the mounting direction is correct, as shown in the section view.

Page 53: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 53 of 353

For 1+0 Mounting:

Important! Do not remove the transparent pressure window located on the antenna interface.

1 Mount the RFU to the RFU-P Interface, using the 4 M8 captive screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C kit, and tighten the screws.

Make sure the radio polarization mounting direction is correct.

Page 54: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 54 of 353

For 1+1 Mounting:

Important! Do not remove the transparent pressure window located on the antenna interface.

1 Mount the two O-Rings supplied in the Coupler kit and twist on the coupler body, as defined in the Coupler kit instructions.

Note: For 15 GHz and 18 GHz, an EMI gasket (supplied with the RFU-P interface) should be mounted between the twist and the coupler body.

Page 55: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 55 of 353

2 Mount the coupler on the RFU-P interface using the four M8 screws and washers supplied in Coupler kit, and tighten the screws.

3 Proceed with mounting the RFUs, as defined in the Coupler kit instructions.

9.16 RFU-C OMT (Orthogonal Mode Transducer) Installation

9.16.1 List of Kits

Item Description Quantity Remarks

1 ANTENNA OMT ADAPTOR 1

2 RFU-C OMT 1

3 RFU-C RADIO 2 One is optional if using item #4

or #5

4 RFU-C OMT ADAPTOR KIT 1 Optional

5 RFU-C OMT SHORT 1 Optional

9.16.2 Required Tools

Metric offset hexagon key wrench 6

Metric offset hexagon key wrench 3

Page 56: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 56 of 353

9.16.3 Procedure

Important! Do not remove the transparent pressure window located on the antenna interface.

1 Prior to the installation, follow the antenna manufacturer’s instructions to switch to circular adaptor (remove the existing rectangular transition, swap the O-Ring, and install the circular transition instead).

Page 57: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 57 of 353

2 Mount the OMT kit on the antenna using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the OMT kit. Do not tighten them yet, to enable rotation of the entire assembly.

3 Mount the two O-Rings supplied with the OMT kit on the OMT body. Make sure the mounting direction is correct, as shown in the section view.

Page 58: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 58 of 353

4 Mount both RFUs, using the four M8 captive screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, through the radio and OMT holder, and tighten the screws. Make sure the polarization mounting direction is correct.

5 Tilt the entire assembly, as described in the XPIC link alignment procedure, to achieve maximum XPD (Cross Polar Differentiation). After link alignment, tighten the four M8 screws left open in step 2 above.

9.16.4 Remote Configurations

When remote configuration is required, the OMT is attached directly to the antenna and the RFUs are installed remotely, using a flexible waveguide.

This section describes the required items and procedures for remote installation.

Remote configurations include:

2+0 (2 x 1+0 remote connection to OMT)

2+2 (2 x 1+1 remote connection to OMT)

Page 59: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 59 of 353

9.16.4.1 2+0/2+2 Installations

Frequencies 13-38 GHz do not require adaptors

Frequencies 6-11 GHz require adaptors, as described below

With RFU-C OMT Adapters

1 For UDR70, UBR84, and UBR100, mount the O-Ring supplied with the OMT kit.

2 For UBR84 and UBR100, mount the OMT adaptor, with its installed sealing gasket, on the OMT, and tighten using the four M4 screws and washers supplied with the OMT Adaptor kit.

Note: The flexible waveguide should be mounted without its gasket (only for the OMT side).

Page 60: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 60 of 353

3 For UDR70 (6 GHz), mount OMT Adaptor #1 on the OMT, and tighten using the four M4 screws and washers supplied with the OMT Adaptor kit. Then mount OMT Adaptor #2 on OMT Adaptor #1, and tighten using the four M4 screws and washers supplied with the OMT Adaptor kit.

4 For all frequencies, connect the flexible waveguide to its relevant frequency.

Page 61: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 61 of 353

9.16.4.2 1+0, Ready for 2+0

If you are installing a 1+0 configuration, and want to be ready for 2+0 configurations (double capacity), a “short” will be used to terminate the unused port. Later, when an additional RFU is installed on the second port, the “short” will be removed.

The following steps describe the required items and procedures for the installation.

With RFU-C OMT Short

1 For UDR70, UBR84, and UBR100, mount the OMT short, with its installed sealing gasket, using the four screws and washers supplied with the OMT Short kit.

2 For UBR120, UBR140, UBR220, and UBR320, mount the sealing O-Ring and the OMT short using the four screws and washers supplied with the OMT Short kit.

Page 62: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 62 of 353

9.17 RFU-C Adaptor to Ericsson 0.3m Compact Antennas Installation

9.17.1 List of Kits

Item Description Quantity Remarks

1 RFU-C RADIO 1

2 RFU-C — Ericsson Adaptor Kit

in accordance with BOM 1

9.17.2 Required Tools

Automatic screwdriver with torque

Bit screwdriver head adaptor

Phillips screw head bits, size 2

6.0 mm Offset hexagon key wrench

9.17.3 Procedure

Important: Do not remove the protective sticker from the radio.

9.17.3.1 Connecting the Adaptor Kit to the Ericsson 0.3m Compact Antenna

1 Insert the two lower screws and two spring washers supplied in the Ericsson kit, as shown in the figure below. Do not tighten them!

2 Before placing the coupling plate, verify that the O-Rings are placed correctly in their sinks in the Ericsson antenna and in the interface on the basic coupling plate.

Page 63: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 63 of 353

3 Place the Ericsson Coupling Basic Configuration Plate with inserts on the Ericsson antenna lower screws.

4 Insert the two upper screws and spring washers supplied in the Ericsson kit, as shown in the figure below.

5 Tighten the four screws, as shown in the figure below.

Page 64: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 64 of 353

9.17.3.2 Connecting the RFU to the Ericsson Antenna

1 Mount the RFU to the antenna, using the four M8 captive screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.

Make sure the polarization mounting direction of the RFU is correct.

9.18 RFU-C External Attenuator Installation

9.18.1 Required Tools

Metric offset hexagon key wrench #6

Phillips screwdriver #2

9.18.2 1+0 Mount Configuration

9.18.2.1 List of Kits

Item Description Quantity Remarks

1 RFU-C RADIO 1

2 RFU-C EXTERNAL ATTENUATOR 1

9.18.2.2 Procedure

1 Remove the stickers from the RFU-C External Attenuator carefully so that the sealing gaskets remain in place.

2 Mount the RFU-C External Attenuator to the antenna using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C External Attenuator kit, and tighten the screws.

Page 65: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 65 of 353

The polarization mounting direction must be the same as that of the antenna.

3 Mount the RFU-C to the RFU-C External Attenuator using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C Radio kit, and tighten the screws.

The RFU-C radio mounting polarization should be mounted using the same polarization as the RFU-C External Attenuator.

Page 66: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 66 of 353

9.18.3 1+1 Mount Configuration

9.18.3.1 List of Kits

Item Description Quantity Remarks

1 RFU-C RADIO 2

2 RFU-C EXTERNAL ATTENUATOR 1

3 RFU-C COUPLER KIT 1

4 RFU-C TWIST 1

9.18.3.2 Procedure

1 Mount the O-Rings, RFU-C units, and RFU-C twist on the body of the RFU-C coupler, as described in the Coupler kit instructions.

2 For each RFU-C, close the four M8 captive screws and washers supplied, assembled in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.

The polarization mounting direction of the RFU-C Twist must be the same as that of the antenna.

3 Remove the stickers from the RFU-C External Attenuator carefully so that the sealing gaskets remain in place.

Page 67: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 67 of 353

4 Mount the RFU-C External Attenuator to the antenna using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C External Attenuator kit, and tighten the screws.

The polarization mounting direction must be the same as that of the antenna.

5 Mount the RFU-C coupler to the RFU-C External Attenuator using the four M8 screws and washers supplied with the RFU-C Coupler kit, and tighten the screws.

Page 68: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 68 of 353

9.19 RFU-C Adaptation Kit for Imperial Waveguides

9.19.1 List of Kits

Item Description Quantity Remarks

1 RFU-C RADIO 1

2 RFU-C ADAPTOR TO FLEX WG (IMPERIAL) KIT 1

3 FLEXIBLE WG IMPERIAL KIT 1

4 RFU-C REMOTE MOUNT ADAPTOR KIT 1 Up to 13 GHz

5 RFU-C REMOTE POLE MOUNT KIT 1

9.19.2 Required Tools

Metric offset hexagon key wrench set

Imperial offset hexagon key wrench set

9.19.2.1 6/7/8/10/11 GHz

1 Mount the RFU-C Adaptor supplied with the RFU-C Adaptor kit on the RFU-C Remote Pole Mount kit using the four flat screws supplied with the RFU-C Adaptor kit.

2 Mount the RFU-C using the four captive screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C.

Page 69: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 69 of 353

3 Connect the Flexible Waveguide and Sealing Gasket supplied with the Flexible Waveguide Imperial kit to the RFU-C Adaptor. Tighten the four screws supplied with the Flexible Waveguide Imperial kit.

9.19.2.2 13/15 GHz

1 Mount the RFU-C Adaptor supplied with the RFU-C Remote Pole Mount kit using the four flat screws supplied with the RFU-C Adaptor kit.

2 Mount the RFU-C using the four captive screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C.

Page 70: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 70 of 353

3 Connect the Flexible Waveguide and sealing O-Ring supplied with the Flexible Waveguide Imperial kit to the RFU-C Adaptor. Tighten the four screws supplied with the Flexible Waveguide Imperial kit.

9.19.2.3 18/23/26/28/38 GHz

1 Mount the RFU-C Adaptor supplied with the RFU-C Remote Pole Mount kit using the four flat screws supplied with the RFU-C Adaptor kit.

2 Mount the RFU-C using the four captive screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C.

3 Connect the Flexible Waveguide and sealing O-Ring supplied with the Flexible Waveguide Imperial kit. Tighten the four metric screws supplied with the RFU-C Adaptor kit.

Page 71: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 71 of 353

9.20 RFU-C – N Adapter Installation

9.20.1 List of Items

Item Description Quantity

1 RFU-C – N INTERFACE 1

2 RFU-C O-RING 1

3 RFU-C RADIO 1

9.20.2 Required Tools

Metric offset hexagon key wrench 6

9.20.3 Procedure

Important! Do not remove the transparent pressure window located on the antenna interface.

Page 72: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 72 of 353

1 Check that the gasket is already mounted on the N interface side.

Note: For UBR84 (7GHz), insert the gasket on the antenna/coupler side.

2 Insert the O Ring in its groove at the rear side of the RFU-C. Make sure the mounting direction is correct, as shown in the section view.

Page 73: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 73 of 353

3 Close the four screws and washers supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C through the RFU-C and N interface, and tighten the screws.

The following figure shows the RFU mounted to the antenna.

Page 74: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 74 of 353

9.21 RFU-C – NC Adapter Installation

Note: These instructions are relevant for antennas up to 4 feet.

9.21.1 List of Items

Item Description Quantity

1 RFU-C - NC ADAPTOR PLATE 1

2

SCREW AND WASHER ASSEMBLY, SOCKET HEXAGON HEAD CAP,

WITH HELICAL WASHER,

SS, ~DIN 912-M6x16-A2-70 and ~DIN 127-B6-A2-70

4

9.21.2 Required Tools

5 mm offset hexagon key wrench

9.21.3 Procedure

1 Make sure there are two O-Rings, one on the NC antenna and one on the RFU-C - NC adapter plate.

2 Use the Location Pin (shown in the figures below) to guide the circular part of the RFU-C - NC adapter plate onto the circular part of the NC antenna.

3 Fasten the RFU-C - NC adapter to the NC Shenglu or Mobi antenna using four screws and four washers.

Note: Fasten the screws diagonally. First fasten the upper right screw and lower left screw, and then fasten the upper left screw and lower right screw.

Page 75: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 75 of 353

Attaching the Adapter Plate to an NC Shenglu Antenna

Attaching the Adapter Plate to an NC Mobi Antenna

Page 76: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 76 of 353

4 Fasten the RFU-C to the RFU-C - NC antenna adapter using four screws and four washers.

Note: Make sure the polarization is correct, as shown in the figure below.

5 Attach the RFU-C to the RFU-C - NC adaptor by closing the four captive

screws and four washers that are supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.

Note: Make sure the polarization is correct, as shown in the figures below.

Attaching the RFU-C to the RFU-C – NC Adapter – Shenglu Antenna

Page 77: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 77 of 353

Attaching the RFU-C to the RFU-C – NC Adapter – Mobi Antenna

The figure below shows the RFU-C with the NC adapter installed (Shenglu antenna option).

Page 78: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 78 of 353

9.22 RFU-C – SRAL Adaptor Installation

9.22.1 List of Items

Item Description Quantity

1 RFU-C RADIO 1

2

RFU-C - SRAL Adapter Kit, as follows:

ADPT_RFU-C38-SRAL_ANT for 38 GHz (UBR320)

ADPT_RFU-C18_26-SRAL_ANT for 18-26 GHz (UBR220)

1

9.22.2 Required Tools

Automatic screwdriver with torque

Bit screwdriver head adaptor

Phillips screw head bits, size 2

6.0 mm offset hexagon key wrench

9.22.3 Procedure

1 Place the RFU-C on the antenna adapter, aligning the holes at the four corners of the two units.

Note: Make sure you align the units properly for the horizontal or vertical direction. The letters H and V appear on both units, for correct alignment.

2 Make sure the adapter O-ring is in place, as shown in the figure below. 3 Attach the RFU-C to the adaptor by closing the four captive screws and four

washers that are supplied, assembled, in the RFU-C, and tighten the screws.

Page 79: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 79 of 353

4 Make sure the two antenna O-Rings (one smaller, the other larger) are in their respective grooves on the antenna.

5 Place the RFU-C fastened to the adapter on the antenna, aligning them with the two antenna location pins.

Note: Make sure you align the units properly for the horizontal or vertical direction.

6 Fasten the RFU-C and the adapter to the SRAL antenna using the four latches.

Page 80: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 80 of 353

The figure below shows the RFU-C with the SRAL adapter installed.

Page 81: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 81 of 353

10. Installing the FibeAir RFU-HP

This section provides installation procedures for the following FibeAir RFU-HP systems:

Split Mount Installation

FibeAir RFU-HP 1+0/1+1 configuration

FibeAir RFU-HP 2+2 XPIC configuration

FibeAir RFU-HP N+1 configuration

All-Indoor Installation

FibeAir RFU-HP 1+0/1+1 configuration

Important Notes

The FibeAir system is to be installed in Network Telecommunication Facilities.

RFU-HP is intended for installation in a Restricted Access Location.

RFU-HP must be installed and permanently connected to protective earth by qualified service personnel in accordance with applicable national electrical codes.

10.1 About FibeAir RFU-HP

Ceragon’s FibeAir RFU-HP supports multiple capacities, frequencies, modulation schemes, and configurations for various network requirements. Its RF transceiver units operate in the frequency range of 6-11 GHz.

FibeAir RFU-HP capacities can be upgraded from 45 Mbps up to N x 155 Mbps.

For long distance links and backbone requirements, FibeAir RFU-HP offers Space Diversity functionality. Each transceiver can contain two receivers and one transmitter, which enable built-in diversity capability.

Built in Diversity in each transceiver increases the reliability of the link. In a 1+1/2+2 Hot Standby or N+1 configuration with Space Diversity, if a hardware failure occurs, the Diversity will not be affected.

FibeAir RFU-HP is installed in a Split-Mount configuration and All-Indoor horizontal configuration, as shown in the following example illustration.

Page 82: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 82 of 353

FibeAir RFU-HP

10.2 About the FibeAir RFU-HP OCBs

FibeAir RFU-HP supports two types of OCBs:

OCB (Older Type)

New OCB

OCB (Older Type) New OCB

Note: This installation guide describes the installation of both types. You will need to verify which type you are using.

Both OCBs are compatible with the following RFU-HP RFU PNs:

RFU-HP RF Unit, fGHz 15HP-RFU-f RFU for Space Diversity split mount

RFU-HP Split 1Rx RF Unit, fGHz 15HPS-1R-RFU-f RFU for Non Space Diversity split mount

The main difference between the two types is the circulator direction. Depending on the configuration, OCB Type 1 or Type2 is used together with waveguide shorts, waveguide loads, U Bends, or couplers.

Page 83: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 83 of 353

Each OCB has four waveguide access points: two in the front, and two at the rear. The diversity access point is optional.

If the system is not configured for diversity, all the relevant access points on the OCB must be terminated using waveguide shorts.

The two OCB types (with & without space diversity) have different part numbers.

10.2.1 OCB (Older Type)

OCB (Outdoor Circulator Block) has the following main purposes:

Hosts the circulators and the attached filters.

Routes the RF signal in the correct direction, through the filters and circulators.

Enables RFU connection to the Main and Diversity antennas.

Two types of OCBs can be used:

Type1 OCB

Type2 OCB

The main difference between the two types is the circulator direction. Depending on the configuration, OCB Type 1 or Type2 is used together with waveguide shorts, waveguide loads, U Bends, or couplers.

Each OCB has four waveguide access points: two in the front, and two at the rear. The diversity access point is optional.

If the system is not configured for diversity, all the relevant access points on the OCB must be terminated using waveguide shorts.

The two OCB types (with & without space diversity) have different part numbers.

Page 84: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 84 of 353

The following block diagrams show the difference between the two OCBs and the additional Diversity Circ block which is added in some Diversity configurations.

Page 85: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 85 of 353

10.2.2 New OCB

The new OCB has the following main purposes:

The OCB is optimized for Non Space Diversity (IFC) configuration, for Space Diversity (IFC) configuration, a diversity block is added.

Hosts the circulators and the attached filters.

Routes the RF signal through the filters and circulators toward the antenna port

Allows RFU connection to the Main and Diversity antennas.

The new OCB has just one type, and can be connected to an OCB via a flexible waveguide.

The new OCB connection is at the rear. It includes proprietary accessories (different than those used for the older OCB).

Each OCB has three waveguide access points: The In/Out port is located at the rear of the OCB.

The OCB ports include:

Tx port

Rx Port

Diversity port

If the system is not configured for diversity, all the relevant access points on the OCB must be terminated using waveguide shorts. Unused Rx ports will be terminated with a 50 ohm termination.

New OCB components include the following:

RF Filters

RF Filters are used for specific frequency channels and Tx/Rx separation. The filters are attached to the OCB, and each RFU contains one Rx and one Tx filter. In a Space Diversity configuration, with IF combining, each RFU contains two Rx filters (which combine the IF signals) and one Tx filter. The filters can be replaced without removing the OCB.

DCB (Diversity Circulator Block)

An external block which is added in Space Diversity configurations. The DCB is connected to the diversity port and can chain two OCBs.

Coupler Kit

The coupler kit is used for 1+1 Hot Standby configurations.

U Bend

The U Bend connects the chained DCB (Diversity Circulator Block) in N+1/N+ 0 configurations.

Page 86: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 86 of 353

S Bend

The S Bend connects the chained OCB (Outdoor Circulator Block) in N+1 /N+ 0 configurations.

Pole Mount Kit

The Pole Mount Kit can fasten up to five OCBs and the RFUs to the pole. The kit enables fast and easy installation.

10.3 Installation Notes

WARNING!

The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intra-building or exposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 port as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.

10.3.1 Grounding Notes

The RFU is suitable for installation in a Common Bonding Network (CBN).

Only copper wire should be used.

The coaxial port cables should be shielded and grounded at both ends.

The wire must be at least 14 AWG or thicker.

Connector and connection surfaces must be plated. Bare conductors must be coated with antioxidant before crimp connections are made to the screws.

FibeAir provides a ground for each drawer, via a one-hole mounted lug onto a single-point stud. The stud must be installed using a UL-listed ring tongue terminal, and two star washers for anti-rotation.

For antenna ports, lightning protection is used that does not permit transients of a greater magnitude than the following:

Open Circuit: 1.2-50us 600V

Short Circuit: 8-20us 300A

FibeAir’s battery return terminals are in the configuration of an Isolated DC return (DC-I) and Common DC Return (DC-C).

Page 87: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 87 of 353

The grounding point is assembled as shown in the following illustration.

10.4 OCB (Older Type) Installation

The following sections describe the installation procedures for FibeAir RFU-HP with the older type OCB.

10.4.1 1+0/1+1 Installation

This section describes the installation procedure for FibeAir RFU-HP in a 1+0 or 1+1 configuration.

The components involved in this procedure include the following:

RFU

OCB

Hanger Kit

Pole Mount Kit

10.4.1.1 Assembling the RFU and OCB

The RFU is generally assembled in the factory with the OCB, and delivered as a single unit.

If the RFU is delivered separately with the OCB, do the following:

Important: The instructions in this guide should be performed indoors.

1 Remove the RFU and the OCB from the box.

Page 88: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 88 of 353

2 Make sure that the OCB sealing gasket is in place.

Page 89: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 89 of 353

3 Gently slide the RFU in the OCB, making sure that the two empty spaces in the RFU correspond to the filter positions on the OCB.

4 Tighten the Allen Head screws to the OCB using an Allen wrench.

Page 90: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 90 of 353

10.4.1.2 Assembling the Hanger Kit

The Hanger Kit is used to connect two RFUs and OCBs to the Pole Mount Kit. It consists of a single metal plate.

To assemble the Hanger Kit together with the RFU and OCB:

1 Place the RFU on the floor and hold it upright, as shown in the photo below.

2 Place the Hanger Kit in line with the OCB, as shown in the illustration below, and fasten the Kit to the OCB using 3 large (M-10 type) screws.

Page 91: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 91 of 353

10.4.1.3 Assembling the Pole Mount Kit

The Pole Mount Kit is used to connect the Hanger Kit (together with the RFU and OCB) to the pole.

The kit consists of a single metal plate with a clamp assembly.

Important! The diameter of the pole upon which the kit is mounted must be between 50 mm (2") and 125 mm (5").

To assemble the Pole Mount Kit on the pole:

1 Open the Pole Mount Kit clamp, and assemble the kit on the pole, as shown in the following illustration.

2 Fasten the kit to the pole using the 4 screws, as shown in the photo above.

Page 92: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 92 of 353

10.4.1.4 Assembling the Hanger Kit (with RFU and OCB) and Pole Mount Kit

To assemble the Hanger Kit and the Pole Mount Kit:

1 Lift the Hanger Kit with the fastened RFU and OCB, and hang it, using the Hanger Bend, on the Pole Mount Kit, as shown in the following illustrations.

Page 93: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 93 of 353

Page 94: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 94 of 353

2 Fasten the Hanger Kit to the Pole Mount Kit using 4 large (M-10 type) screws, as shown in the following illustration.

Page 95: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 95 of 353

Each Pole Mount Kit can accommodate two RFUs and OCB units, as shown in the following illustration.

Page 96: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 96 of 353

10.4.1.5 RFU Cable Connections

The RFU cable connectors are located on the bottom of the RFU, as shown in the following photo:

The connections include the following:

XPIC/RSL – For XPIC functionality and radio signal monitoring.

IF – Connects the RFU to the IDU.

Ground – Used for electrical ground.

Flexible Waveguide – Connects the RFU to the antenna.

Page 97: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 97 of 353

10.4.2 2+2 XPIC Installation

This section describes the installation procedure for FibeAir RFU-HP in a 2+2 XPIC configuration.

10.4.2.1 Installation Components

Page 98: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 98 of 353

10.4.2.2 Installation Procedure

1 Connect both pole mount kits to the pole. If the RFUs are to be assembled one above the other, there should be a minimum distance of 40 cm between the two pole mount kits, as shown in the following illustration.

Important! The diameter of the pole upon which the kit is mounted must be between 50 mm (2") and 125 mm (5").

2 Connect shorts and 50 ohm terminations on all OCBs (shorts on main antenna ports, 50 ohm terminations on diversity antenna ports).

3 Assemble both couplers on the OCBs. 4 Attach the hanging bracket to the OCBs and tighten the screws that fasten

the OCB to the hanging-bracket. 5 Gently lift the assembled unit to the pole using the lifting handle. 6 Place the assembled units on the pole mount clamp bracket and fasten the

M10 screws, as shown in the following illustration.

Page 99: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 99 of 353

7 Connect the XPIC cables between the units, as shown in the following illustration.

8 Connect the flexible waveguides to the antennas, as shown in the illustration above (V and H poles are selected as required - in the illustration above they are selected arbitrarily).

Page 100: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 100 of 353

10.4.3 N+1 Split Mount Installation

This section describes the installation procedure for FibeAir RFU-HP in an N+1 split mount configuration, where N is less than or equal to 5.

A split mount N+1 configuration is achieved using Type-1 and Type-2 OCBs alternatively.

Two Type 1 and Type 2 OCBs are interconnected via U bends at the rear extension ports. The third OCB is chained to the second OCB through the main and diversity ports, using a flexible waveguide.

Each OCB is connected to the relevant IF cable from the 3200T Baseband Indoor.

The following example shows a 4+1 space diversity dual pole configuration.

Note: When installing an N+1 configuration, assemble the OCBs in an inverted order, to maintain the same branching loss between the carriers, as shown in the following illustration.

Page 101: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 101 of 353

10.5 Installation Configuration Illustrations

This section provides illustrations of different FibeAir RFU-HP installation configurations.

Note that in this section, the following abbreviations are used:

HSB - Hot Standby

FD - Frequency Diversity

SD - Space Diversity

DP - Dual Pole

MP - Main Path

SP - Secondary Path

MA - Main Antenna

DA - Diversity Antenna

N/A - Not Applicable

WG - Waveguide

X/Y dB: X refers to 6-8 GHz, Y refers to 11 GHz

Page 102: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 102 of 353

10.5.1 1+0 & 1+0 Space Diversity

1+0 Configuration

1+0 SD Configuration

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

1+0 SD

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0.5dB0dB

1.5/2.5dB*

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0dB

* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB

Item Qty

RFU 1

OCB SD Type 1 1

Pole Mount 1

50ohm Termination 1

Short 1

Flex WG 1.2m 1

SP Antenna 2

WG to N-Type Adap.Kit 1

Coaxial Cable (m) 12

N-Type connector 2

IDC + Chassis 1

IDM-155 1

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

50

oh

m

RFU

Eliptical WG

or Coax Cable

Flexible WG

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

Flexible WG

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

1+0

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0dB

N/A N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Item Qty

RFU 1

OCB Type 1 1

Pole Mount 1

Short 3

Flex WG 1.2m 1

SP Antenna 1

IDC + Chassis 1

IDM-155 1

0.5dB

Page 103: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 103 of 353

10.5.2 1+1 Hot Standby & 1+1 Hot Standby Space Diversity

1+1 SD Configuration

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

1+1 SD

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

1.4/1.6dB 0.5dB

6/6.4dB 0.5dB

1.4/1.6dB 1.5/2.5dB*

* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB

6/6.4dB 1.5/2.5dB*

Item Qty

RFU 2

OCB SD Type 2 2

Pole Mount 1

Short 2

50ohm Termination 2

Coupler Type 1 2

Flex WG 1.4m 1

SP Antenna 2

WG to N-Type Adap.Kit 1

Coaxial Cable (m) 12

N-Type connector 2

IDC + Chassis 1

IDM-155 2

Protection Kit 1

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f1

RX f1

RX f1

RFU

50

oh

m

50

oh

m

OCB

type 2

Flexible WG

Eliptical WG

or Coax Cable

1+1 HSB Configuration

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

1+1 HSB

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

1.4/1.6dB 0.5dB

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

6/6.4dB 0.5dB

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f1

RX f1

RX f1

RFU

OCB

type 2

Flexible WG

Item Qty

RFU 2

OCB Type 2 2

Pole Mount 1

Short 6

Coupler Type 1 1

Flex WG 1.4m 1

SP Antenna 1

IDC + Chassis 1

IDM-155 2

Protection Kit 1

Page 104: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 104 of 353

10.5.3 1+1 Frequency Diversity & 1+1 Frequency Diversity + Space Diversity

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

1+0 FD

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0.5dB 0.5dB

N/A N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1+1 FD Configuration

Item Qty

RFU 2

OCB Type 1 1

OCB Type 2 1

Pole Mount 1

50ohm Termination 1

Short 4

U Bend WG Type 1 1

Flex WG 1.2m 1

SP Antenna 1

IDC + Chassis 1

IDM-155 2

Protection Kit 1

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f3

RX f3

RX f3

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

50

oh

m

Flexible WG

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

1+0 FD/SD

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0.5dB0.5dB

1.5/2.5dB*

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.5dB

* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB

Item Qty

RFU 2

OCB SD Type 1 1

OCB SD Type 2 1

Pole Mount 1

50ohm Termination 2

U Bend WG Type 1 2

Flex WG 1.2m 1

SP Antenna 2

WG to N-Type Adap.Kit 1

Coaxial Cable (m) 12

N-Type connector 2

IDC + Chassis 1

IDM-155 2

Protection Kit 1

1+1 FD/SD Configuration

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f3

RX f3

RX f3

OCB

type 2

8GHz RFU

U bends

WG

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

8GHz RFU

50

oh

m

50

oh

m Eliptical WG or

Coax Cable

Flexible WG

Page 105: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 105 of 353

10.5.4 1+1 Space Diversity BBS

1+1 SD BBS Configuration

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

1+0 SD BBS

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0dB 0.5dB

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0dB 0.5dB

Item Qty

RFU 2

OCB Type 1 2

Pole Mount 2

Short 6

Flex WG 1.2m 2

SP Antenna 2

IDC + Chassis 1

IDM-155 2

Protection Kit 1

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

Main

antenna

Diversity

antenna

Flexible WG

Flexible WG

Page 106: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 106 of 353

10.5.5 2+0 Dual Pole & 2+0 Space Diversity Dual Pole

2+0 DP Configuration

2+0 SD DP Configuration

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

2+0 SD DPA

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0.5dB0dB

1.5/2.5dB*

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0dB

* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

2+0 DPA

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0dB 0.5dB

N/A N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type

1

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type

1

RFU

Flexible WG

Item Qty

RFU 2

OCB Type 1 2

Pole Mount 1

Short 6

Flex WG 1.2m 2

DP Antenna 1

XPIC cable 3m long 1

IDC + Chassis 1

IDM-155 2

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

50

oh

m

50

oh

m

Eliptical WG or

Coax Cable

Flexible WG

Item Qty

RFU 2

OCB SD Type 1 2

Pole Mount 1

50ohm Termination 2

Short 2

Flex WG 1.2m 2

DP Antenna 2

WG to N-Type Adap.Kit 2

Coaxial Cable (m) 24

N-Type connector 4

XPIC cable 3m long 1

IDC + Chassis 1

IDM-155 2

Page 107: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 107 of 353

10.5.6 2+0 Single Pole & 2+0 Space Diversity Single Pole

2+0 SP Configuration

2+0 SD SP Configuration

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

2+0 SD SPA

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0.5dB0.5dB

1.5/2.5dB*

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.5dB

* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

2+0 SPA

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0.5dB 0.5dB

N/A N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1'

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 2

8GHz RFU

U bends

WG

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f0'

RX f0

RX f0

OCB

type 1

8GHz RFU

50

oh

m

50

oh

m Eliptical WG or

Coax Cable

Flexible WG

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f2

RX f2

RX f2

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

50

oh

m

Flexible WG

Item Qty

RFU 2

OCB SD Type 1 1

OCB SD Type 2 1

Pole Mount 1

50ohm Termination 1

U Bend 1

Flex WG 1.2m 1

SP Antenna 1

IDC + Chassis 1

IDM-155 2

Item Qty

RFU 2

OCB SD Type 1 1

OCB SD Type 2 1

Pole Mount 1

50ohm Termination 2

U Bend 2

Flex WG 1.2m 1

SP Antenna 2

WG to N-Type Adap. Kit 1

Coaxial Cable (m) 12

N-Type connector 2

IDC + Chassis 1

IDM-155 2

Page 108: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 108 of 353

10.5.7 2+2 Hot Standby Dual Pole

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

RFU

OCB

type 2

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1'

RX f1'

RX f1'

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1'

RX f1'

RX f1'

RFU

OCB

type 2

Flexible WG

2+2 HSB DP Configuration

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

2+2 HSB DPA

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

1.4/1.6dB 0.5dB

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

6/6.4dB 0.5dB

Item Qty

RFU 4

OCB Type 2 4

Pole Mount 2

Short 12

Coupler Type 1 2

Flex WG 1.2m 2

DP Antenna 1

XPIC cable 3m long 2

IDC + Chassis 2

IDM-155 4

Protection Kit 2

Page 109: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 109 of 353

10.5.8 2+2 Hot Standby Single Pole

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f2

RX f2

RX f2

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

50

oh

m

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f2

RX f2

RX f2

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

50

oh

m

Flexible WG

Flexible W

G

2+2 HSB SP Configuration

Item Qty

RFU 4

OCB Type 1 2

OCB Type 2 2

Pole Mount 2

50ohm Termination 2

Short 8

U Bend 2

Coupler Type 2 1

Flex WG 1.2m 2

SP Antenna 1

IDC + Chassis 2

IDM-155 4

Protection Kit 2

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

2+2 HSB SPA

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

2.1/2.3dB 0.5dB

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

7.5/7.9dB 1dB

Page 110: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 110 of 353

10.5.9 2+2 Space Diversity Dual Pole

2+2 SD DP Configuration

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

2+2 SD DPA

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0.5dB1.4/1.6dB

1.5/2.5dB*

* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB

1.4/1.6dB

6/6.4dB 0.5dB

6/6.4dB 1.5/2.5dB*

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

RFU

50

oh

m

50

oh

m

OCB

type 2

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

RFU

50

oh

m

50

oh

m

OCB

type 2

Eliptical WG or

Coax Cable

Flexible WG

Item Qty

RFU 4

OCB SD Type 2 4

Pole Mount 2

Short 4

50ohm Termination 4

Coupler Type 1 4

Flex WG 1.2m 2

DP Antenna 2

WG to N-Type Adap. Kit 2

Coaxial Cable (m) 24

N-Type connector 4

XPIC cable 3m long 2

IDC + Chassis 2

IDM-155 4

Protection Kit 2

Page 111: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 111 of 353

10.5.10 2+2 Space Diversity Single Pole

2+2 SD SP Configuration

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f2

RX f2

RX f2

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

50

oh

m

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f2

RX f2

RX f2

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

50

oh

m

50

oh

m

50

oh

m

Flexible W

G

Flexible W

G

Flexible WG

Eliptical WG or

Coax Cable

Item Qty

RFU 4

OCB SD Type 1 2

OCB SD Type 2 2

Pole Mount 2

50ohm Termination 4

U Bend 4

Coupler Type 2 2

Flex WG 1.2m 3

SP Antenna 2

WG to N-Type Adap. Kit 1

Coaxial Cable (m) 12

N-Type connector 2

IDC + Chassis 2

IDM-155 4

Protection Kit 2

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

2+2 SD SPA

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

2.1/2.3dB 0.5dB

7.5/7.9dB 1dB

* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB

2.1/2.3dB 1.5/2.5dB*

7.5/7.9dB 2/3dB**

** Coax Cable 4/5.5dB

Page 112: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 112 of 353

10.5.11 2+2 Frequency Diversity Single Pole

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

2+2 FD SPA

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0.75dB 1dB

N/A N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f3

RX

f3

RX

f3

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f1

RX

f1

RX

f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

Flexible WG

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f4

RX

f4

RX

f4

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f2

RX

f2

RX

f2

OCB

type 1

RFU

50

oh

m

Flexible WG

2+2 FD SP Configuration

Page 113: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 113 of 353

10.5.12 2+2 Hot Standby Frequency Diversity Dual Pole

2+2 HSB FD DP Configuration

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

2+2 FD

DPAM.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0.5dB 0.5dB

N/A N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f3

RX f3

RX f3

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f3'

RX f3'

RX f3'

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f1'

RX f1'

RX f1'

OCB

type 1

RFU

Flexible WG

50

oh m

50

oh m

Item Qty

RFU 4

OCB Type 1 2

OCB Type 2 2

Pole Mount 2

50ohm Termination 2

Short 8

U Bend 2

Flex WG 1.2m 2

DP Antenna 1

IDC + Chassis 2

IDM-155 4

Protection Kit 2

Page 114: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 114 of 353

10.5.13 2+2 Frequency Diversity / Space Diversity Dual Pole

2+2 SD/FD DP Configuration

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f3

RX f3

RX f3

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type 1

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f4'

RX f4'

RX f4'

OCB

type 2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f2'

RX f2'

RX f2'

OCB

type 1

RFU

50

ohm

Eliptical W

G or

Coax C

able

Flexible W

G

Flexible WG

50

ohm

50

ohm

50

ohm

B.L W.G

M.P

S.P

3+3 SD DPA

M.A

D.A

M.A

D.A

0.5dB0.5dB

1.5/2.5dB*

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.5dB

* Coax Cable 3.5/5dB

Item Qty

RFU 4

OCB SD Type 1 2

OCB SD Type 2 2

Pole Mount 2

50ohm Termination 4

Flex WG 1.2m 2

U-Band 4

DP Antenna 2

WG to N-Type Adap. Kit 2

Coaxial Cable (m) 24

N-Type connector 4

IDC + Chassis 2

IDM-155 4

Protection Kit 2

Page 115: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 115 of 353

10.5.14 N+1 Systems

4+1 FD DP Configuration

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f3

RX f3

RX f3

OCB

type

2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type

1

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f5

RX f5

RX f5

OCB

type 1

RFU

U bends WG

50

oh

m

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f3'

RX f3'

RX f3'

OCB

type

2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f1'

RX f1'

RX f1'

OCB

type

1

RFU

U bends WG

Flexible WG

IF

IF

IF

IF

IFNMS & WAYSIDE POWER

IDM

Switch card (XC)

IDM

IDM

STM-1

STM-1

STM-1

IDC

IDC

IDCIDM

STM-1

IDM

STM-1

Page 116: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 116 of 353

IF

IF

IF

IF

IFNMS & WAYSIDE POWER

IDM

Switch card (XC)

IDM

IDMSTM-1

STM-1

STM-1IDC

IDC

IDC IDM

STM-1

IF

IF

IF

IF

IFNMS & WAYSIDE POWER

Switch Card (XC)

IDM

STM-1

IDC

IDC

Inter-shelf

XC cable

IDM

STM-1

5+1 FD DP Configuration

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f3

RX f3

RX f3

OCB

type

2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type

1

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f5

RX f5

RX f5

OCB

type 1

RFU

U bends WG

50

oh

m

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f3'

RX f3'

RX f3'

OCB

type

2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f1'

RX f1'

RX f1'

OCB

type

1

RFU

U bends WG

Flexible WG

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f5

RX f5

RX f5

OCB

type 1

RFU

Page 117: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 117 of 353

4+1 FD SD DP Configuration

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f3

RX f3

RX f3

OCB

type

2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type

1

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f5

RX f5

RX f5

OCB

type 1

RFU

U bends WG

50

oh

m

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f3'

RX f3'

RX f3'

OCB

type

2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f1'

RX f1'

RX f1'

OCB

type

1

RFU

U bends WG

Flexible WG

IF

IF

IF

IF

IFNMS & WAYSIDE POWER

IDM

Switch card (XC)

IDM

IDM

STM-1

STM-1

STM-1

IDC

IDC

IDCIDM

STM-1

IDM

STM-1

Flexible WG

Page 118: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 118 of 353

IF

IF

IF

IF

IFNMS & WAYSIDE POWER

IDM

Switch card (XC)

IDM

IDMSTM-1

STM-1

STM-1IDC

IDC

IDC IDM

STM-1

IF

IF

IF

IF

IFNMS & WAYSIDE POWER

Switch Card (XC)

IDM

STM-1

IDC

IDC

Inter-shelf

XC cable

IDM

STM-1

5+1 FD SD DP Configuration

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f3

RX f3

RX f3

OCB

type

2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f1

RX f1

RX f1

OCB

type

1

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f5

RX f5

RX f5

OCB

type 1

RFU

U bends WG

50

oh

m

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f3'

RX f3'

RX f3'

OCB

type

2

RFU

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX

f1'

RX f1'

RX f1'

OCB

type

1

RFU

U bends WG

Flexible WG

TX Filter

RX Filter

RX Filter

TX

RX M

RX D

TX f5

RX f5

RX f5

OCB

type 1

RFU

Page 119: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 119 of 353

10.6 New OCB Installation

This section provides installation procedures for the New OCB.

10.6.1 Required Tools for New OCB Installation

Screwdriver Philips/ screw head bits size 2

Ratchet 11/16''

Wrench 3/16"

Hexagon Socket 5mm

Allen wrench 2.5mm

Allen wrench 5mm

Allen wrench 6mm

10.6.2 Special Tools/Materials

None.

WARNING!

When assembling, make sure the waveguide connector plastic covers remain intact. Any damage to the covers may result in improper operation of waveguides and the RFU.

Note: Every screw fastening operation must comply with the enclosed Torque Table; make sure you apply appropriate torque every time.

Tightening Torques

Thread Size Tightening Torque (Nm)

8-32 UNC 3 ± 0.2

10-32 UNF 5.1 ± 0.3

M8x1.25 23 ± 1.1

M10x1.5 44 ± 1.1

Page 120: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 120 of 353

10.7 Pole Installation

10.7.1 Pole Mount Preliminary Assembly - 1

1 Insert two screws (3) into the two lower hanging profile (4) holes and secure them with four nuts (1) and two washers (2) (do not tighten) (Step I in illustration below).

2 Arrange the OCBs (5) in a straight line and place the hanging profile (4) (Step II).

Item No. Description Qty.

1 Nut, Hex, SS, DIN 934-M10-A2-70 4

2 Washer, Helical spring lock SS, DIN 127-B10-A2-70 2

3 Screw, Hex cap, SS, DIN 933-M10x200-A2-70 2

4 Hanging Profile 1

Page 121: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 121 of 353

10.7.2 Pole Mount Preliminary Assembly - 2

1 Connect couplers (3) to the back of OCB units (5) (Step I). 2 Fasten two screws (1) and spring washers (2) for each installed OCB (Step

II). 3 Fasten lifting eye to each OCB unit (5) (if not installed) (Step III).

Item No. Description Qty Notes

1 Screw, Socket hexagon head cap,

SS, DIN 912-M8x30-A2-70 2

The quantities are for one OCB and

may change in accordance with the

installed configuration (up to five

OCBs)

2 Washer, Helical spring lock, SS, DIN

7980-8.1-A2-70 2

3 Couplers -

4 Lifting Collar Eye Bolt M8-1.25 steel,

Zink plated 1

Page 122: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 122 of 353

10.7.3 RFU Installation

WARNING!

Make sure the RFUs (2) are inserted correctly; do not force them in!

1 Carefully insert the RFUs (2) into the slots on the OCB units (1). 2 Fasten two screws (3) using the angled Allen wrench.

Item No. Description Qty Notes

1 OCB Assy. 1 The quantities are for one RFU and may

change in accordance with the installed

configuration (up to five RFUs)

2 RFU 1

3 Screw (part of RFU Assy) 2

Page 123: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 123 of 353

10.7.4 Housing Assembly and Lifting Harness

1 Choose one of four (5) available positions for the pole installation (see Hanging Positions later in this guide).

2 Fasten two screws (3) and spring washers (4) to attach the Pillar Housing (1) to the Hanging Profile (2).

3 Tie the lifting harness (6) to the lifting ears (7) on all OCB units.

CAUTION!

Before lifting, make sure all OCB units are properly tied to the lifting harness.

4 Carefully lift the assembly for Pole Installation (see Mount Configurations later in this guide).

Item No. Description Qty.

1 Pillar Housing 1

2 Hanging Profile 1

3 Screw, Phillips Pan head, SS, ANSI, #8-32UNCx1/2" 2

4 Washer, Helical spring lock, SS, ANSI, #8 2

Page 124: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 124 of 353

10.7.5 Pole Installation

1 Insert two screws (in addition to the two screws already inserted (see the section Pole Mount Preliminary Assembly earlier in this guide) (4) through the holes in the Hanging Profile (6).

2 Press the Hanging Profile (6) against the Pillar Housing (6), while mounting the Pillar Clamp (3) on the screws (6).

3 Tighten the spring washer (2) and two nuts (1) on each of the four screws, to fasten the Hanging Profile (6) to the Pole (7).

Item No. Description Qty.

1 Nut, Hex, SS, DIN 934-M10-A2-70 8

2 Washer, Helical spring lock SS, DIN 127-B10-A2-70 4

3 Pillar Clamp 1

4 Hanging Profile 1

5 Screw, Hex cap, SS, DIN 933-M10x200-A2-70 4

Page 125: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 125 of 353

10.7.6 Hanging Positions

You can pole mount (see Pole Mount Preliminary Assembly earlier in this section) the Hanging Profile on any of the four available positions, as shown in the following illustration.

Page 126: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 126 of 353

10.8 OBN OCB Housing Hanging Procedure

WARNING!

Do not lift the OCB using the RFU handle; use the lifting eye only!

4 Lift the OBN OCB Housing (3) using the lifting eye (5). 5 Tilt the OBN OCB Housing (shown below without the RFU) (3) backwards,

and hook it to the Hanging Profile (4) so that the screw holes are aligned. 6 Fasten two screws (1) and spring washers (2). 7 Hang up to five OBN OCB Housing (3) units (in accordance with the

relevant configuration). 8 Install the RFU (6) (see the section RFU Mount below).

Item No. Description Qty. Notes

1 Screw, Socket hexagon head cap,

SS, DIN 912-M8x30-A2-70 2

The quantities are for one RFU and may

be changed in accordance with the

installed configuration (up to five RFUs)

2 Washer, Helical spring lock, SS, DIN

7980-8.1-A2-70 2

3 OBN OCB Housing 1

4 Hanging Profile 4 RFU’s

Page 127: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 127 of 353

Item No. Description Qty. Notes

5 RFU 1

10.8.1 RFU Mount

WARNING!

Make sure the RFU (2) is inserted correctly; do not force it in!

Note: Do not apply torque when mounting the RFU.

1 Carefully slide the RFU (2) into the OCB (1). Make sure that the RFU (2) is inserted correctly; do not force it in!

2 Carefully fasten the two captive screws (3).

Item No. Description Qty. Notes

1 OCB Assy. 1 -

2 RFU 1 -

3 Screw (part of RFU Assy) 2 -

Page 128: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 128 of 353

10.8.2 Sample New OCB Configurations

Note: Configurations for the Old and New OCBs have the same branching loss as mentioned.

10.8.2.1 1+1

Page 129: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 129 of 353

10.8.2.2 1+1 Space Diversity

Page 130: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 130 of 353

10.8.2.3 2+1/3+0 Space Diversity

Page 131: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 131 of 353

10.8.2.4 4+1/5+0 Space Diversity

Page 132: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 132 of 353

10.9 All Indoor Horizontal Placement Installation

For minimal rack space usage, the OCB can be installed in a 19” rack (open rack, frame rack) in a horizontal position.

Note that this installation type and configuration does not require a fan tray.

This installation type is compatible with the following RFUs (with higher Tx power than split mount):

RFU-HP All Indoor

1Rx RF Unit, fGHz 15HPA-1R-RFU-f RFU for Non Space Diversity All-Indoor

RFU-HP All Indoor

1Rx RF Unit, fGHz 15HPA-2R-RFU-f RFU for Space Diversity All-Indoor

The All-Indoor horizontal placement is available for the following configurations:

1+0

1+0 east wet

1+1

1+1 east wet

The IDU can be installed above or below the RFUs as shown in the following illustrations.

1+1 SD IP-10

1+0 IP-10

Page 133: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 133 of 353

10.10 Installation in a 19” Rack (open rack/lab rack)

10.10.1 1+0 Installation

10.10.1.1 Parts Used

Picture Item Number Description QTY P/N

1 Washer Flat for M6 8 JC-0061-0

2 Screw Pan Head M6 x 16 8 JA-0150-0

3 Washer Helical Spring for M6 8 JC-0062-0

4 Screw Socket Head #10-32UNC x 7/16" 16 JA-0192-0

5 Washer Spring #10 16 JC-0026-0

10.10.1.2 Assembly

1 Insert the termination gaskets in their places on the OCB 19” Rack Adapter (MK-3230-0), and fasten the Termination Plates to the Adapter using 16 screws (4 in the table above) and 16 washers (3), as shown in the following illustration.

Page 134: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 134 of 353

2 Fasten the left bracket to the OCB 19” Rack Adapter (MK-3230-0) using 8 screws (number 2 in the table above) 8 washers (3), and another 8 washers (1), as shown in the following illustration.

3 Repeat step 2 above for the right bracket.

The following illustrations show the New OCB assembled with the 19” Rack Adapter.

Page 135: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 135 of 353

10.10.2 1+0 East-West Installation

10.10.2.1 Parts Used

Picture Item Number Description QTY P/N

1 Washer Flat for M6 16 JC-0061-0

2 Screw Pan Head M6 x 16 16 JA-0150-0

3 Washer Helical Spring for M6 16 JC-0062-0

4 Screw Socket Head #10-32UNC x 7/16" 32 JA-0192-0

5 Washer Spring #10 32 JC-0026-0

Page 136: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 136 of 353

10.10.2.2 Assembly

1 Insert the termination gaskets in their places on the OCB 19” Rack Adapter (MK-3230-0), and fasten the Termination Plates to the Adapter using 24 screws (4 in the table above) and 24 washers (3), as shown in the following illustration.

2 Fasten the left bracket to the OCB 19” Rack Adapter (MK-3230-0) using 8 screws (number 2 in the table above) 8 washers (3), and another 8 washers (1), as shown in the following illustration.

3 Repeat step 2 above for the right bracket.

Page 137: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 137 of 353

The following illustrations show the New OCB assembled with the 19” Rack Adapter.

Page 138: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 138 of 353

10.10.3 1+1 HSB (Hot Standby) Installation

10.10.3.1 Parts Used

Picture Item Number Description QTY P/N

1 Washer Flat for M6 16 JC-0061-0

2 Screw Pan Head M6 x 16 16 JA-0150-0

3 Washer Helical Spring for M6 16 JC-0062-0

4 Screw Socket Head #10-32UNC x 7/16" 32 JA-0192-0

5 Washer Spring #10 42 JC-0026-0

6 Screw Socket Head #10-32UNC x 1/2" 10 JA-0123-0

Page 139: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 139 of 353

10.10.3.2 Assembly

1 Insert the termination gaskets in their places on the OCB 19” Rack Adapter (MK-3230-0), and fasten the Termination Plates to the Adapter using 24 screws (4 in the table above) and 24 washers (3), as shown in the following illustration.

2 Fasten the left bracket to the OCB 19” Rack Adapter (MK-3230-0) using 8 screws (number 2 in the table above) 8 washers (3), and another 8 washers (1), as shown in the following illustration.

Page 140: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 140 of 353

3 Repeat step 2 above for the right bracket.

4 Fasten the HSB Coupler to the New OCB 19” Rack Adapter Main Terminals using 10 screws (number 4 in the table above), and 10 washers (5), as shown in the following illustration.

Page 141: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 141 of 353

The following illustrations show the New OCB assembled with the 19” Rack Adapter.

Page 142: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 142 of 353

11. Installing the FibeAir RFU-A

This section describes the installation procedures for the FibeAir RFU-A.

11.1 Required Tools for RFU-A Installation

The following tools are required for the RFU-A installation:

Socket key wrench metric set

Adjustable wrench

Phillips screwdriver

11.2 Transportation

The equipment should be prepared for public transportation. The cargo must be kept dry during transportation, in accordance with ETS 300 019-1-2, Class 2.3.

It is recommended that the equipment be transported to the installation site in its original packing case.

If intermediate storing is required, the packed equipment must be stored in a dry and cool environment, and out of direct sunlight, in accordance with ETS 300 019-1-1, Class 1.2.

11.3 Packing Inspection

Check that the package is not damaged.

Check the packing lists and verify that the correct equipment part numbers and quantities are found in the package that arrived.

Page 143: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 143 of 353

11.4 System Components

The following components are used in RFU-A installation procedures.

RFU-A

RFU-A Chassis

1+0 Branching Drawer (BD)

1+1HSB BD

2+0 BD

Page 144: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 144 of 353

1+1Space Diversity (SD) BD – TX high

1+1Space Diversity (SD) BD – TX low

1+0i BD

Fans Module

L-bend Type 1

L-bend Type 2 External Coupler

Page 145: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 145 of 353

U-bend

Termination

Blank Panel

Page 146: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 146 of 353

11.5 Component Part Numbers

The following table lists the part numbers for the components used in an RFU-A installation.

RFU-A Unit

RFU-A58-6L RFU-A RF Unit, 5.8 & 6L GHz

RFU-A-S-58-6L RFU-A RF Unit, 5.8 & 6L GHz with sampler

RFU-A6L RFU-A RF Unit, 6L GHz

RFU-A-S-6L RFU-A RF Unit, 6L GHz with Sampler

RFU-A6H RFU-A RF Unit, 6H GHz

RFU-A-S-6H RFU-A RF Unit, 6H GHz with Sampler

RFU-A7 RFU-A RF Unit, 7 GHz

RFU-A-S-7 RFU-A RF Unit, 7 GHz with Sampler

RFU-A8 RFU-A RF Unit, 8 GHz

RFU-A-S-8 RFU-A RF Unit, 8 GHz with Sampler

RFU-A11 RFU-A RF Unit, 11 GHz

RFU-A-S-11 RFU-A RF Unit, 11GHz with Sampler

RFU-A Chassis

CHS-A6 RFU-A 6 GHz 1+0/1+1 Housing

CHS-A7_8 RFU-A 7/8 GHz 1+0/1+1 Housing

CHS-A11 RFU-A 11 GHz 1+0/1+1 Housing

RFU-A Branching Drawer for 1+0

DRW-Af-xxxY-aWb 1+0 Branching Drawer

DRWS-Af-xxxY-aWb 1+0 Branching Drawer with sampler

RFU-A Branching Drawer for 1+1

DRW-Af-xxxY-aWb-CPLR 1+1 HSB Branching Drawer

DRWS-Af-xxxY-aWb-CPLR 1+1HSB Branching Drawer with sampler

RFU-A Branching Drawer for 2+0 SP

DRW-Af-xxxY - a{N/E}b{N/E} 2+0 Branching Drawer

DRWS-Af-xxxY- a{N/E}b{N/E} 2+0 Branching Drawer with sampler

Page 147: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 147 of 353

RFU-A External coupler

CPLR-A6 RFU-A 6 GHz external coupler

RFU-A Termination

Term-A6 RFU-A 6 GHz Termination

Term-A7_8 RFU-A 7/8 GHz Termination

Term-A11 RFU-A 11 GHz Termination

RFU-A Blank Panel

RFU-A-blnk RFU-A blank panel

RFU-A Blank Panel

RFU-A-Fans-Drawer RFU-A fans module

f = 6L, 6H, 7, 8, 11 GHz (RFU-A & Drawer Frequency)

xxxY, aWb = Exact operating frequency related information.

f = 6, 7/8, 11 GHz (RFU-A RF Accessories)

RFU-A Branching Drawer for 1+1SD

DRW-Af-xxxY-aWb-SD-TL/H 1+1SD Branching Drawer, TX-Low/High

DRWS-Af-xxxY-aWb-SD-TL/H 1+1SD Branching Drawer, TX-Low/High with sampler

RFU-A Branching Drawer Inverted 1+0 for 1+1SD

DRW-Af-xxxY-aWb-i 1+0 inverted Branching Drawer

DRWS-Af-xxxY-aWb-i 1+1 inverted with sampler

FU-A L Bend T1 (short)

Lbend-A6-T1 RFU-A 6 GHz L-Bend T1

Lbend-A7_8-T1 RFU-A 7/8 GHz L-Bend T1

Lbend-A11-T1 RFU-A 11 GHz L-Bend T1

RFU-A L Bend T2 (long)

Lbend-A6-T2 RFU-A 6 GHz L-Bend T2

Lbend-A7_8-T2 RFU-A 7/8 GHz L-Bend T2

Lbend-A11-T2 RFU-A 11 GHz L-Bend T2

Page 148: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 148 of 353

11.6 Chassis Installation Procedure

The following procedure explains and illustrates how the RFU-A is assembled in a rack.

1 Install the RFU-A chassis in the rack. The rack can be one of the following:

19” open rack.

19” 600 mm depth rack.

ETSI 600 mm depth (using a special adapter)

2 Place the chassis in the rack with the rails on the upper side of the chassis and the blank cover on the right side. Secure the chassis using four supplied screws.

Single Chassis in a Rack

Two Chassis Installation – Not Inverted

Two Chassis Installation – Lower Chassis is Inverted

Note: In some configurations, the chassis can be installed inverted, either as part of the branching scheme, or to allow mechanical clearance for the waveguides.

Page 149: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 149 of 353

3 Ground the chassis:

i On the rear side of the each chassis, loosen the nut, washer, and tooth washer.

ii Place the cable lug (supplied with the RFU-A housing kit) on the screw. iii Secure the cable lug.

Chassis Grounding Cable

4 Slide the RFU-A units into place, according to the relevant configuration.

RFU-A in a Single Slot

Both RFU-A Slots Occupied

Page 150: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 150 of 353

11.7 Decorative Panel and Branching Drawer Installation

1 Remove the four screws on the sides of each chassis (two on each side) and remove the decorative panel from the chassis.

Removing the Decorative Panel

2 Insert the Branching Drawer (in accordance with the configuration) in the center slot of the chassis, and secure it using four supplied screws.

Note: The branching drawer can be mounted in both directions, depending on whether the site is TX- HIGH or TX- LOW.

Branching Drawer Insertion

Page 151: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 151 of 353

11.8 Configuring Correct TX and RX Frequency

Branching drawers should be assembled in accordance with link operating frequency (i.e., TX-Low or TX-High). As mentioned above, the branching drawer can be mounted in either direction in the chassis.

There are several types of branching drawers used for the different configurations. This section describes how to configure TX and RX settings when using each type of drawer.

Note that all explanations refer to the situation in which the chassis is in its upright position, indicated by the RFU-A IF cable connected at the left side. When the site or configuration mandates an inverted chassis installation, the indications should be referred to as if inverted.

11.8.1 1+0 Configuration

1+0 with Chassis in Upright Position

1+0 with Chassis in Inverted Position

11.8.2 1+1 HSB Configuration (Upright)

11.8.3 2+0 SP Configuration (Upright)

Page 152: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 152 of 353

11.8.4 4+0 SP Configuration

Note: In a 4+0 SP configuration, the LOWER chassis should be assembled in INVERTED position, to enable assembly of the U-bend. For more information, refer to configuration-specific instructions.

11.8.5 1+1 SD Configuration

Note: For this configuration, the top drawer has two versions (TX-High, TX-Low). The 1+1SD TX-Low drawer should be installed inverted at a TX-Low site.

For more information, refer to configuration-specific instructions.

Page 153: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 153 of 353

11.9 Assembling Branching Elements

This section explains how to install L-bends, the termination, the U-bend, and the external coupler.

The L-bend has a negligible effect on RF performance. Its sole purpose is to enable easier connection of the elliptical waveguide going to and from the antenna. There are two types of L-bends (short and long) to enable easy mechanical connection of two antennas to two tightly assembled chassis.

The termination is a mandatory part which must be assembled to assure RF performance.

During upgrade procedures, the termination may be removed to enable branching expansion.

1 L-bend Type 1: At the rear of the chassis, connect the L-bend to the side of the circulators block marked TX OUT, using the screws and washers that are supplied.

2 Termination: At the rear of the chassis, connect the 50-ohm termination to the opposite side of the side of the chassis marked TX OUT (the expansion port), using the screws and washers that are supplied.

L-bend Type 1 and Termination Assembly

Page 154: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 154 of 353

3 L-bend Type 2: When two chassis are connected together, connect L-bend Type 2 to the lower TX/RX port (marked TX OUT) to enable an easier elliptical waveguide connection to the lower TX/RX port.

L-bend Type 2 Assembly

Notes: To assemble the second termination to the lower circulator block as seen in the figure above, follow Step 2 above.

A complete assembly containing both types of L-bends and two terminations is presented in the figure below.

Complete L-Bend and Termination Assembly

Page 155: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 155 of 353

4 U-bend: The U-bend is a specially designed, frequency dependant waveguide which is used to concatenate two RFU-A branching systems via the expansion port.

The mechanical connection of the U-bend is the same whether performed as part of an upgrade procedure or initial system configuration.

U-Bend Assembly

5 External Coupler: The external coupler is a specially designed coupler which enables vertical coupling between RFU-A units. The coupler is primarily designed for a non-traffic effecting upgrade scenario from a 1+1 to a 2+2 SP configuration, but can also be used in other scenarios.

The external coupler is connected in a two chassis configuration. It should be connected vertically, as shown in the figure below, to both of the ports marked TX-OUT, using the screws that are supplied.

Page 156: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 156 of 353

External Coupler Assembly

11.10 Connecting the IF Cable

The IF cable is part of the RFU-A installation kit. You must connect the IF cable to each RFU, and to the designated IDU.

IF Cable Connection

Cable management is performed using the decorative panel and any other means available for this purpose.

The following drawings show several options for routing the IF cable with the assistance of the front panel.

Page 157: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 157 of 353

Routing the IF Cable Upward

Routing the IF Cable downward - Bottom View

For further instructions on connecting the IF cable, refer to Connecting an IDU to an RFU on page 231.

11.11 Fan Assembly and Maintenance

The fan kit is part of the RFU-A assembly, and is supplied pre-assembled with each RFU-A.

Fan disassembly can be performed with the power on, with no affect on traffic and no radio performance degradation.

Note: Each fan module is assembled with three captive screws.

Fans Assembly

Page 158: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 158 of 353

Fans should be inspected and, if necessary, replaced every 12 months.

The fan filter should be cleaned or replaced every 12 months.

When the RFU’s fan filter need to be replaced, the alarm “RFU extreme temperature” is raised.

11.11.1 Fan Filter Replacement

RFU-A filters should be replaced at least once a year. This section describes the procedures for removing an old filter and inserting a new filter in an RFU-A.

11.11.1.1 List of items

Description Quantity Part Number

RFU-A NEBS Filter Replacement Kit 1 MK-3448-0

11.11.1.2 Removing a Used RFU-A Filter

1 Release the three captive screws (by hand).

Page 159: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 159 of 353

2 Pull out the fans cover slowly without removing the whole fans drawer.

Note: If the fan cover is released, re-connect it.

3 Remove the filter frame from the fans cover.

4 Remove the filter foam from the filter frame.

11.11.1.3 Inserting a New Filter Assembly

1 Insert the new filter foam into the filter frame as shown below.

Page 160: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 160 of 353

2 Slide the filter frame into the fans cover. 3 Slide the filter frame back into place.

4 Secure the filter cover back into place by tightening the three captive screws (by hand).

11.12 Assembling the Blank Panel

The blank panel is a standalone kit, and is supplied as part of a specific configuration. The purpose of the blank panel is to protect the unused slot of the chassis from unintentional damage.

Each blank panel is assembled with 2 screws supplied in the blank panel’s kit

Page 161: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 161 of 353

Assembling the Blank Panel

11.13 Detailed System Configurations

This section provides step by step installation procedures for the various RFU-A system configurations.

Some of these installation procedures are common to all configurations (for example, housing installation inside the rack and blank panel assembly. These procedures have been described in length in the preceding sections and the user should refer to them whenever necessary.

This section only deals with the RF portion of system configuration (RFU-A and its branching network).

In this section, special attention is given to configuration-specific issues.

11.13.1 1+0

1 Assemble a single empty chassis inside the rack. 2 Connect the L-bend and termination. 3 Slide in the 1+0 branching drawer. Make sure the orientation is in

accordance with the site A or site B configuration (TX high/low).

1+0 Branching Drawer (TX High Orientation)

4 Slide a single RFU-A module into slot 1.

Page 162: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 162 of 353

5 Assemble the blank panel. 6 Connect the IF cable. 7 Assemble the decorative panel.

1+0 Front View

1+0 Rear View

11.13.2 1+1HSB (Hot Standby)

1 Assemble a single empty chassis inside the rack. 2 Connect the L-bend and termination. 3 Slide the 1+1 HSB branching drawer into the chassis. Make sure the

orientation is in accordance with the site A or site B configuration (TX high/low).

Page 163: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 163 of 353

1+1HSB branching drawer (TX High Orientation)

4 Slide the RFU-A units into slot 1 and slot 2. 5 Connect the IF cables. 6 Assemble the decorative panel.

1+1 HSB Front View

1+1HSB Rear View

11.13.3 2+0 SP (Single Polarization)

1 Assemble a single empty chassis inside the rack. 2 Connect the L-bend and termination. 3 Slide the 2+0 branching drawer into the chassis. Make sure the orientation

is in accordance with the site A or site B configuration (TX high/low).

The drawer contains four narrow filters, routed to the chassis backplane.

Page 164: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 164 of 353

2+0 SP Branching Drawer (TX-High Orientation)

4 Slide the RFU-A units into slot 1 and slot 2. 5 Connect the IF cables. 6 Assemble the decorative panel.

2+0 SP - Front View

2+0 SP - Rear View

11.13.4 4+0 SP (Single Polarization)

1 Assemble two empty chassis one on top of the other inside the rack. The lower chassis in this configuration should be installed in an inverted position, as shown in Two Chassis Installation – Lower Chassis is Inverted on page 148.

Page 165: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 165 of 353

2 Connect the U-bend, L-bend and termination as described in Assembling Branching Elements on page 153.

4+0 SP: L-Bend, U-Bend and Termination Assembly

3 Slide the 2+0 branching drawers into the top and bottom drawers.

2+0 SP Branching Drawer (TX-High Orientation) Used in 4+0 SP Configuration

Page 166: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 166 of 353

To keep symmetrical branching loss over the link, it is recommended to assemble the branching drawers and configure the RFU-A units as follows:

RFU-A TX f1

RFU-A TX f3

2+0 f1_2 drawer RFU-A TX f2

RFU-A TX f42+0 f3_4 drawer

RFU-A TX f1'

RFU-A TX f3'

2+0 f1_2 drawer***RFU-A TX f2'

RFU-A TX f4' 2+0 f3_4 drawer ***

Site A

Site B

*** Same drawer, installed physically inverted

Make sure the orientation is in accordance with the site A or site B configuration (TX high/low).

4 Slide the RFU-A units into slot 1 and 2 in both chassis. 5 Connect the IF cables. 6 Assemble the decorative panels.

4+0 SP Front View

4+0 SP Rear View

Page 167: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 167 of 353

11.13.5 2+0 DP (2+0 Dual Polarization) OR 1+1SD-ST (Space Diversity Split Transmitter)

Notes: From a branching point of view, the difference between the 2+0 DP and 1+1SD-ST configurations is the origin of the waveguides connected to each of the L-bends.

Although in a 2+0 DP configuration the waveguides are connected to H and V-feeds from the same antenna (V and H), in a 1+1SD-ST configuration, each L-bend is connected to a different antenna using a single polarization.

The non-branching related difference is a different user configuration of the data unit: Either XPIC for 2+0 DP or 1+1 SD base band switching for 1+1SD-ST.

1 Assemble two empty chassis inside the rack, one above the other with none of the chassis inverted.

2 Connect the L-bends and terminations.

2+0 DP/1+1SD-ST Rear View

Page 168: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 168 of 353

3 Slide in the branching drawers. In this configuration, the branching drawers are identical to branching drawers used for a 1+0 configuration. Make sure the orientation is in accordance with the site A or site B configuration (TX high/low).

1+0 Branching Drawer Used for 2+0DP/ 1+1 SD-ST (TX-High Orientation)

4 Slide the RFU-A units into slot 1 in each chassis. 5 Connect the IF cable. 6 Assemble the blank panels, covering slot 2 at every housing. 7 Assemble the decorative panel.

2+0 DP / 1+1SD-ST Front View

Page 169: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 169 of 353

11.13.6 2+2 DP (Dual Polarization – Protected)

1 Assemble two empty chassis inside the rack, one above the other with none of the chassis inverted.

2 Connect the L-bends and terminations.

2+2 Rear View

3 Slide in the branching drawers. In this configuration, the branching drawers are identical to the branching drawers used in a 1+1 configuration. Make sure the orientation is in accordance with the site A or site B configuration (TX high/low).

1+1HSB Branching Drawer, Used for 2+2DP (TX High Orientation)

4 Slide the RFU-A units into slot 1 and 2 in each chassis. All RFU-A slots must be populated.

5 Connect the IF cable. 6 Assemble the decorative panel.

Page 170: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 170 of 353

2+2 DP Front View

11.13.7 1+1 SD (Space Diversity) Standard Configuration

In this configuration, both transmitters are routed to the main antenna together with the main receiver, while the diversity receiver is connected to the diversity antenna.

This configuration uses a standard chassis and unique branching drawers as follows.

1 Assemble two empty chassis inside the rack, one above the other, with none of the chassis inverted.

2 On the rear side, disconnect the left connector from both chassis.

Figure 1: 1+1 SD – Disconnecting the Left Connector

3 Connect the cable from the bottom chassis to the left connector in the upper chassis.

Page 171: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 171 of 353

1+1SD Backplane Cables Routing

4 Attach the bottom free loose cable to the chassis using a zip tie.

5 Connect the L-bends and terminations.

1+1SD Rear View

Page 172: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 172 of 353

6 Slide in the branching drawers:

i Slide the 1+1SD coupler drawer into the top chassis. For this configuration, the coupler drawer is not symmetrical. Nevertheless it should be installed inverted in the TX-low site.

ii Note the TX-High/TX-Low indication on the branching drawer for correct site installation.

1+1SD TX-High 1+1SD TX-Low

iii Slide the 1+0i drawer into the bottom chassis. Make sure the orientation is in accordance with the site A or site B configuration. For a TX-low site, this type of drawer should be installed inverted.

1+0i (TX-High Orientation)

Page 173: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 173 of 353

7 TX / RX configuration:

1+1SD Front View

Viewing the chassis in its upright position as in the figure above, with the FU-A IF connectors on the left side:

Left frequency label indicates RX frequency.

Right frequency label indicates TX frequency.

8 Slide the RFU-A units into the top chassis only. The bottom chassis contains no RFUs in this configuration.

1+1SD Configuration Front View

9 Connect the IF cables to the IDU units.

i The left RFU-A is MAIN.

ii The right RFU-A is DIVERSITY.

Page 174: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 174 of 353

11.13.8 East/West Installation – for Every Configuration

Every configuration explained in this guide can also be installed for East/West(E/W). Mechanical facilitation of E/W installation introduces the waveguide clearance challenge, as two sets of waveguides must be installed in the same rack.

To support the E/W configuration in this respect, one of the sets (East or West) should be installed mechanically inverted to enable mechanical waveguide clearance.

The following drawings demonstrate this concept:

2+0 DP - Regular Configuration 2+0 DP - East/West Configuration

2+0 DP - Regular Configuration (Mechanically Inverted)

2+0 DP - East/West Configuration (Mechanically Inverted)

Page 175: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 175 of 353

4+0 SP - Regular Configuration 4+0 SP - East/West Configuration

4+0 SP - Regular Configuration (Mechanically Inverted)

4+0 SP - East/West Configuration (Mechanically Inverted)

Page 176: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 176 of 353

11.13.9 Upgrading from 1+0 to 4+0 SP

1 Start with a 1+0 configuration.

1+0 to 4+0 SP - Step 1

2 Add a second inverted chassis beneath the first one.

1+0 to 4+0 SP - Step 2

3 Connect a U-bend, terminations, and L-bend on the back.

1+0 to 4+0 SP - Step 3

Page 177: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 177 of 353

4 Replace the drawers with 2+0 drawers and slide in the additional RFU-A units.

1+0 to 4+0 SP - Step 4

Page 178: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 178 of 353

11.13.10 Upgrading from 1+1 HSB to 2+2 DP

1 Start with a 1+1HSB configuration.

1+1HSB to 2+2DP - Step 1

2 Add an additional empty chassis beneath the top one. The second chassis should not be inverted.

1+1HSB to 2+2DP - Step 2

Page 179: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 179 of 353

3 Connect L-bend type 2 and termination to the lower chassis.

1+1HSB to 2+2DP - Step 3

4 Slide a 1+1HSB drawer and the RFU-A units into the lower chassis.

1+1HSB to 2+2DP - Step 4

Page 180: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 180 of 353

12. Installing the FibeAir RFU-HS and the FibeAir RFU-SP

This section describes the installation procedures for the FibeAir RFU-HS and the FibeAir RFU-SP. These procedures are identical for both types of RFU.

The procedures include the following:

Remote Mount Installation - Installing the RFU on the antenna pole in 1+0 and 1+1 configurations.

Direct Mount Installation - Installing the RFU directly on the antenna in 1+0 and 1+1 configurations.

12.1 Remote Mount Installation

This section describes the installation procedures for the FibeAir RFU-HS and the RFU-SP in remote mount 1+0 and 1+1 configurations.

The components involved in this procedure include the following:

1 or 2 RFUs

Pole Mount Kit

Coupler Holder

Coupler

O-Ring

Flexible Waveguide

Page 181: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 181 of 353

12.2 Installation Components

The following photos show the components involved in the installation procedures.

Pole Mount Kit FibeAir RFU-HS/SP

Coupler Holder

Page 182: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 182 of 353

Coupler O-Ring used to Seal the RFU-Coupler Contact Point

RFU Cover-to- Flexible Waveguide Adapter Flexible Waveguide

12.3 Remote Mount 1+0 Installation

To install FibeAir RFU-HS or FibeAir RFU-SP in a 1+0 remote mount configuration:

1 Connect the Pole Mount Kit to the pole, using 4 nuts and bolts.

WARNING!

Make sure the nuts and bolts are tightened properly, and the washers are in place. A loosely installed RFU may fall and cause damage to humans and/or equipment.

Page 183: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 183 of 353

Pole Mount Kit Fastening to the Pole

2 Connect the Coupler Holder to the Pole Mount Kit, using 4 bolts and washers.

Coupler Holder Connected to Pole Mount Kit

Page 184: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 184 of 353

3 Insert the O-Ring in its groove on the RFU.

O-Ring Insertion on the RFU

4 Connect the RFU Cover-to- Flexible Waveguide Adapter to the RFU, using 4 Allen screws.

Important! Apply silicon grease to the flexible waveguide flange, to seal the contact point between the RFU cover-to- flexible

waveguide adapter and the RFU, from water and other elements.

Page 185: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 185 of 353

RFU Cover-to- Flexible Waveguide Adapter Connection to the RFU

5 Connect the RFU to the Coupler Holder, using 4 Allen screws.

RFU Connected to the Coupler Holder

Page 186: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 186 of 353

6 Connect the Flexible Waveguide to the RFU Cover-to- Flexible Waveguide-Adapter using 8 Allen screws.

Waveguide Connection to the RFU

Page 187: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 187 of 353

12.3.1 Completed 1+0 Installation

The following illustration shows the completed 1+0 installation.

Completed 1+0 Installation

Page 188: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 188 of 353

12.4 Remote Mount 1+1 Installation

To install FibeAir RFU-HS or FibeAir RFU-SP in a 1+1 remote mount configuration:

1 Connect the Pole Mount Kit to the pole, using 4 bolts.

WARNING!

Make sure the bolts are tightened properly, and the washers are in place. A loosely installed RFU may fall and cause damage to humans and/or equipment.

Pole Mount Kit Fastening to the Pole

2 Insert the Coupler in the Coupler Holder, and fasten it using 6 Allen screws.

Coupler Connection to Coupler Holder

Page 189: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 189 of 353

3 Connect the Coupler Holder (with the Coupler) to the Pole Mount Kit, using 4 bolts.

Coupler Holder Connection to Pole Mount Kit

4 Insert the O-Ring in its groove on the RFU and apply silicon grease. The grease is used to seal the contact point between the RFU and the coupler from water and other such elements.

O-Ring Insertion on the RFU

Page 190: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 190 of 353

5 Connect an RFU to the Coupler Holder (with the coupler), using 4 Allen screws.

RFU Connection to the Coupler Holder

6 Connect the other RFU to the Coupler Holder, using 4 Allen screws.

Second RFU Connection to the Coupler Holder

Page 191: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 191 of 353

7 Connect the Flexible Waveguide to the Coupler port, using 6 Allen screws.

Flexible Waveguide Connection to the Coupler

12.4.1 Completed 1+1 Installation

The following illustration shows the completed 1+1 installation.

Completed 1+1 Installation

Page 192: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 192 of 353

12.5 Direct Mount Installation

This section provides instructions for the direct mounting of FibeAir RFU-HS and FibeAir RFU-SP for 6, 7, and 8 GHz systems on the antenna.

The instructions are for the following system configurations:

FibeAir RFU-HS or RFU-SP 1+0

FibeAir RFU-HS or RFU-SP 1+1

Note: The direct mount RFU is connected to antennas with Ceragon and standard interfaces. For details, please refer to the Ceragon price list.

12.5.1 Installation for 1+0 Systems

To mount the FibeAir RFU-HS or FibeAir RFU-SP 1+0 RFU on the antenna, do the following:

1 Insert two M8 captive hex head screws (JA-0199-0) with two M8 spring lock washers (JC-0055-0) in the two top threads of the Ceragon antenna interface.

Make sure that the two captive screws are inserted only into the thread area, not beyond.

Page 193: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 193 of 353

2 For 7/8 GHz, connect the WR112 twist (MA-0604-X), using four #8-32 socket head cup screws (JA-0190-0) and four #8 spring lock washers (JC-0004-0), to the RFU cover (MA-0601-X).

For 6 GHz, connect the WR137 twist (MA-0659-X), using four #8-32 socket head cup screws (JA-0162-0), to the RFU cover (MA-0601-X).

For 11 GHz, connect the WR90 twist (MA-0662-X), using four #8-32 socket head cup screws (JA-0162-0), to the RFU cover (MA-0601-X).

Page 194: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 194 of 353

The following illustrations show the correct polarization settings.

Page 195: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 195 of 353

3 For 6 GHz, connect the adapter wall (MA-0660-X), using four M10 socket head cup screws (JA-0197-0) and four M10 spring lock washers (JC-0024-0), to the RFU cover (MA-0601-X).

For 7 and 8 GHz, connect the adapter wall (MA-0645-X), using four M10 socket head cup screws (JA-0197-0) and four M10 spring lock washers (JC-0024-0), to the RFU cover (MA-0601-X).

Page 196: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 196 of 353

4 Hang the adapter wall, which connects to the RFU cover, on the two M8 captive screws.

Page 197: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 197 of 353

5 Tighten the two M8 hex head screws (JA-0196-0) with the two M8 spring lock washers (JC-0055-0) on the bottom threads of the Ceragon antenna interface.

Tighten the two M8 hex heads and two M8 captive hex heads diagonally, as follows:

i First tighten the upper right screw

ii Then tighten the lower left screw iii Then tighten the upper left screw

iv Then tighten the lower right screw.

Page 198: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 198 of 353

12.5.1.1 Completed 1+0 Installation

The following photo shows the completed 1+0 installation.

Page 199: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 199 of 353

12.5.2 Installation for 1+1 Systems

To mount the FibeAir RFU-HS or RFU-SP 1+1 RFU on the antenna, do the following:

1 Insert two M8 captive hex head screws (JA-0199-0) with two M8 spring lock washers (JC-0055-0) in the two top threads of the Ceragon antenna interface.

Make sure that the two captive screws are inserted only into the thread area, not beyond.

2 For 6 GHz, connect the WR137 twist (MA-0659-X), using four #8-32 socket head cup screws (JA-0162-0), to the WR137 coupler.

For 7/8 GHz, connect the WR112 twist (MA-0604-X), using four #8-32 socket head cup screws (JA-0190-0) and four #8 spring lock washers (JC-0004-0), to the WR112 coupler.

Page 200: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 200 of 353

The following illustrations show the polarization settings.

3 For 6 MHz, connect the adapter wall (MA-0660-X), using four M10 socket head cup screws (JA-0197-0) and four M10 spring lock washers (JC-0024-0), to the coupler holder (MA-0602-X).

For 7/8 GHz, connect the adapter wall (MA-0645-X), using four M10 socket head cup screws (JA-0197-0) and four M10 spring lock washers (JC-0024-0), to the coupler holder (MA-0602-X).

Page 201: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 201 of 353

4 Hang the adapter wall, which connects to the coupler adapter, on the two M8 captive screws.

5 Tighten the two M8 hex head screws (JA-0196-0) with two M8 spring washers (JC-0055-0) on the bottom threads of the Ceragon antenna interface.

Page 202: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 202 of 353

6 Tighten the two M8 hex heads and two M8 captive hex heads diagonally, as follows:

i First tighten the upper right screw ii Then tighten the lower left screw

iii Then tighten the upper left screw

iv Then tighten the lower right screw.

12.5.2.1 Completed 1+1 Installation

The following photo shows the completed 1+1 installation.

Page 203: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 203 of 353

12.6 Direct Mount Installation for 4/6 ft. Nokia Antennas

This section provides instructions for the direct mounting of 7/8 GHz systems in 1+0 and 1+1 configurations, for 4/6 ft. Nokia antennas.

12.6.1 Installation for 1+0 Systems

To mount the FibeAir RFU-HS or RFU-SP 1+0 RFU on the Nokia antenna, do the following:

1 Remove Nokia’s Snap-On bracket, and install two M8 captive hex head screws (JA-0199-0), with two M8 spring lock washers (JC-0055-0), on the two marked threads of the Nokia antenna interface.

Make sure that the two captive screws are inserted only into the thread area, not beyond.

2 Connect the sealing gasket (AA-0267-X) to the WR112 Extender (MA-0658-X).

Page 204: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 204 of 353

3 Connect the WR112 Extender (MA-0658-X) to the WR112 Twist (MA-0649-X), using four socket heat cup screws 4-40UNC x 3/8 (JA-0007-0) and four lock spring washers #4 (JC-0005-0).

The following illustrations show the correct polarization settings.

Page 205: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 205 of 353

4 Connect the sealing gasket (AA-0267-X) to the WR112 Twist (MA-0649-X).

5 Connect MA-0649-0 using two #8-32 C sink head screws JA-0189-0 (see figures below for polarization).

6 Connect MA-0652-X to the coupler adapter using four M10 socket head cup screws and four M10 spring washers.

Page 206: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 206 of 353

7 Hang the adapter wall, which connects to the RFU, on the two M8 captive screws using rotation.

8 Tighten the two M8 hex head screws (JA-0196-0) with the two M8 spring washers (JC-0055-0) in the two threads of the Nokia antenna interface.

9 Tighten the two M8 hex heads and two M8 captive hex heads diagonally, as follows:

i First tighten the upper right screw

ii Then tighten the lower left screw

iii Then tighten the upper left screw

iv Then tighten the lower right screw.

Page 207: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 207 of 353

12.6.1.1 Completed Assembly

Page 208: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 208 of 353

12.6.2 Installation for 1+1 Systems

To mount the FibeAir RFU-HS or RFU-SP 1+1 RFU on the Nokia antenna, do the following:

1 Remove Nokia’s Snap-On bracket, and install two M8 captive hex head screws (JA-0199-0), with two M8 spring lock washers (JC-0055-0), on the two marked threads of the Nokia antenna interface.

Make sure that the two captive screws are inserted only into the thread area, not beyond.

2 Connect the sealing gasket (AA-0267-X) to the WR112 Extender (MA-0658-X).

Page 209: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 209 of 353

3 Connect the WR112 Extender (MA-0658-X) to the WR112 Twist (MA-0649-X), using four socket heat cup screws 4-40UNC x 3/8 (JA-0007-0) and four lock spring washers #4 (JC-0005-0).

The following illustrations show the correct polarization settings.

Page 210: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 210 of 353

4 Connect the sealing gasket (AA-0267-X) to the WR112 Twist (MA-0649-X).

5 Connect MA-0649-0 using two #8-32 C sink head screws JA-0189-0 (see figures below for polarization).

6 Connect MA-0652-X to the coupler adapter using four M10 socket head cup screws and four M10 spring washers.

Page 211: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 211 of 353

7 Hang the adapter wall, which connects to the RFU, on the two M8 captive screws using rotation.

8 Tighten the two M8 hex head screws (JA-0196-0) with the two M8 spring washers (JC-0055-0) in the two threads of the Nokia antenna interface.

9 Tighten the two M8 hex heads and two M8 captive hex heads diagonally, as follows:

i First tighten the upper right screw

ii Then tighten the lower left screw

iii Then tighten the upper left screw

iv Then tighten the lower right screw.

Page 212: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 212 of 353

9. Assemble the RFUs.

Page 213: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 213 of 353

12.6.2.1 Completed Assembly

Page 214: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 214 of 353

13. Installing the FibeAir RFU-P

This section describes the installation procedures for the FibeAir RFU-P.

For best results, perform all operations in the sequence in which they are presented in this section.

13.1 Before Installing the RFU-P

DANGER

WATCH FOR WIRES! Installation of this product near power lines is dangerous. For your own safety, follow these important safety rules.

Perform as many assembly functions as possible on the ground.

Watch out for overhead power lines. Check the distance to the power lines before starting installation.

Do not use metal ladders.

If you start to drop the antenna or mast assembly, move away from it and let it fall.

If any part of the antenna or mast assembly comes in contact with a power line, call your local power company. DO NOT TRY TO REMOVE IT YOURSELF! They will remove it safely.

Make sure that the mast assembly is properly grounded.

WARNING!

Assembling antennas on windy days can be dangerous. Because of the antenna surface, even slight winds create strong forces. Be prepared to safely handle these forces at unexpected moments.

13.2 Mediation Device Flange Specifications

The following table lists frequencies, the appropriate waveguide standard for each frequency, and their corresponding antenna/waveguide flange interfaces.

The table should be consulted when installing an RFU and antenna.

Frequency (GHz)

Waveguide Standard

Antenna Flange Interface

Waveguide Flange Interface

6-7 WR137 CPR137G CPR137F

7-8 WR112 CPR112G CPR112F

11 WR90 CPR90G CPR90G

13 WR62 UG-541A/U UG-419/U

15 WR62 UG-541A/U UG-419/U

Page 215: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 215 of 353

Frequency (GHz)

Waveguide Standard

Antenna Flange Interface

Waveguide Flange Interface

18 WR42 UG-596A/U UG-595/U

23 WR42 UG-596A/U UG-595/U

26 WR42 UG-596A/U UG-595/U

28 WR28 UG-600A/U UG-599/U

38 WR28 UG-600A/U UG-599/U

13.3 Required Components and Equipment

13.3.1 System Components

The following FibeAir components are needed to install one radio link:

Antenna mount and accessories

Antenna

IDU

RFU

Cable

BNC DVM adaptor

13.3.2 Tools and Equipment

The following tools and equipment are needed to install an RFU-P:

Spanners:

10 mm, for antenna

13 mm, for lightning arrestor

14 mm, for N-type connector

16 mm, for N-type connector

17 mm, for pole mount kit

Insulation material

Phillips screwdriver

Sharp cutting knife

13.4 Flow of Operations

Antenna and RFU Installation:

Installing the Antenna and RFU

Initial Antenna Alignment

Connecting the RFU to the IDU using the IF cable

Final Check

Link Commissioning (Chapter 3 in this guide)

Page 216: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 216 of 353

13.5 RFU-P Dimensions

The following illustrations show the RFU-P’s dimensions, in millimeters.

Page 217: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 217 of 353

13.6 Installing the Antenna and RFU

This section details the 1 ft (RFS) antenna assembly. For other antenna sizes and manufacturers, please refer to the antenna assembly instructions provided with each antenna shipped from Ceragon.

13.6.1 General

The following figure shows a 1-foot antenna mounted on a pole.

Mounted 1-Foot Antenna

Page 218: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 218 of 353

13.6.2 Installation Instructions

WARNING!

It is important to mount the antenna exactly as described in this installation instruction. Ceragon Networks disclaims any responsibility for the result of improper or unsafe installation. These installation instructions have been written for qualified, skilled personnel.

Refer to the following figure while performing the installation.

Antenna Assembly - 1-Foot Antenna

Page 219: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 219 of 353

1 Place U bolt (A) and safety collar (B) around the pole at the desired height, connect them and tighten in place at a 90 angle to the opposing site direction.

Note: The safety collar assembly shown in the figure above ((A) and (B)) is used to align and support the antenna mount during installation and antenna alignment. Once the mount is in place and alignment is completed, all bolted joints of the antenna mount are tightened and there is no further need for the support provided by the safety collar assembly. It may then be removed for use in future installations.

Page 220: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 220 of 353

2 Connect (C) to (D) at the approximate elevation needed to face the opposing RFU (determined by the bolts fastened to part (C)).

3 Place the assembly constructed above ((C) and (D)) and U bolt (E) around the pole on the safety assembly (attached in Step 1) and connect the two. Before doing this, make sure that the elevation spindle (F) is in hole (G) and loosen the screws on both sides to grant freedom of movement.

Page 221: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 221 of 353

After step 3, the assembly should be as illustrated in the following figure.

4 Attach the antenna (H) to the antenna mount (I).

Page 222: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 222 of 353

Install the antenna with the drain plug side up as shown in the following figure.

Correct Orientation of Antenna

5 Mount the optical viewfinder on the antenna (optional). Locate the opposite site through the viewfinder and loosely tighten the bolts.

6 Roughly align the antenna with the opposing site. This can be done using compass bearings or visually.

Tip: It is sometimes difficult to identify the opposing site. For this reason, it is sometimes helpful to have someone at the opposing site use a reflecting device, such as a hand-held mirror, to reflect sun light towards you. The optical viewfinder can help in initial antenna alignment.

Page 223: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 223 of 353

7 Insert the azimuth spindle (J) into hole (K) and tighten in place.

8 Attach the RFU to the mount assembly using the four latches on the RFU (L). See the following figure.

WARNING!

To verify proper sealing, confirm existence of a rubber O-ring on the antenna, as shown in the following figure.

Important: Apply silicon grease to the O-Ring groove to seal the contact point between the O-Ring unit and the RFU from water and other such elements.

Setting Polarization:

Polarization is determined by the orientation of the RFU. If the handle of the RFU is facing up or down then the polarity is vertical. If the handle of the RFU is to the side then the polarization is horizontal.

Tip: For easy installation and best weather immunity, mount the RFU so that the connectors are facing down.

Page 224: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 224 of 353

9 Connect the coaxial cable between the IDU and RFU using the N-Type connector on the IDU and the RFU.

10 Make sure that the fittings and the coax cable are clean and dry. 11 Peel approximately 6 inches of COAX-SEAL from the paper backing. 12 Wrap isolation tape over the coax cover. Start winding from coax cover

towards fitting with one half overlap with each winding making sure all joints are well covered.

Wrapping the Isolation Tape

Page 225: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 225 of 353

13 After entire fitting and coax cable are covered with approximately 3/16" thick layers, mold and form COAX-SEAL with fingers to make a smooth surface and force out any air.

Molding the Coaxial Seal

14 If more COAX-SEAL is necessary to complete seal, simply cut the needed amount and add to existing COAX-SEAL, molding and press into the other material. COAX-SEAL adheres to itself with slight pressure.

Carefully inspect seal to make certain that all joints are covered.

Important! Connect and disconnect the IDU from the RFU only when power is OFF.

15 Turn the IDU power switch ON.

13.6.3 Initial Antenna Alignment using the Headset

1 Connect the headset BNC adapter to the RFU. 2 Connect the headset to the adapter and put it on.

If a tone is heard, your initial alignment is OK. Now you can adjust the aim to find the highest tone pitch and proceed to the final alignment below.

If no tone is heard, the initial alignment is not satisfactory.

Tip: It is recommended to use the optical viewfinder for initial alignment. In this case, loosen the azimuth bolts, adjust azimuth and tighten in the position where the highest tone is heard. If this does not help, adjust elevation and then azimuth. See directions below.

Tip: It is recommended that two people perform this installation and alignment procedure, one at each RFU site, with the ability to communicate with each other.

Page 226: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 226 of 353

13.6.4 Azimuth Alignment

1 Loosen the nuts shown in the following figure and rotate the antenna and mount, pointing it to the location of the opposing antenna.

2 Slowly sweep the antenna in azimuth using the azimuth adjustment nuts. 3 If the desired signal is not found, increase or decrease elevation setting

and repeat the azimuth sweep.

Adjusting Azimuth - 1-Foot Antenna (with safety collar)

13.6.5 Elevation Alignment

1 Loosen elevation adjustment bolts and nuts to adjust elevation (refer to the following figure).

2 Align pointer or edge of clamp with appropriate mark at the desired elevation reading.

3 Make an approximate setting. Temporarily tighten elevation bracket nuts.

Adjusting Elevation - 1-Foot Antenna

Page 227: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 227 of 353

4 Once you attain the highest audible tone, disconnect the BNC headset adapter.

This completes initial alignment of the system.

13.7 Alignment Verification (checking actual receive level)

When pivoting the antenna 2 in azimuth and elevation during antenna alignment, three distinct lobes are probable: the two side lobes and the center (main) lobe.

To ensure optimum system performance, the center lobe of the antenna must be aligned with the center of the opposing antenna in the link.

The initial alignment procedure explained in the previous section allows you to align the system to the peak of a lobe. However, it is difficult to make sure that the system is aligned to the center lobe using the tone heard through the headset. Therefore, following the initial alignment procedure you must perform the final alignment verification explained below in order to make sure that the system is aligned to the center lobe by verifying that the actual received signal level corresponds to the expected receive signal level.

When the antenna is aligned to a side lobe, the expected RSL is at least 25 dB less than the calculated unfaded RSL.

Antenna Alignment - Main and Side Lobes

1 Connect a DVM (Digital Voltmeter) BNC adapter to the RFU. 2 Set the DVM to 2 VDC.

Page 228: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 228 of 353

3 Turn the DVM on. The reading on the DVM indicates receive signal level. For example, if -1.44V is displayed, receive signal level is -44 dBm.

4 Compare the value displayed on the DVM to the expected value. 5 If the received signal level is within ±4 dB of the expected calculated level,

tighten all bolted joints and remove the safety assembly.

Warning

It is important to verify that the antenna is aligned to the center lobe peak. Proper alignment reduces the sensitivity to antenna movement, which can be due to strong winds or any other forces.

Page 229: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 229 of 353

13.8 Final Check

When the antenna is installed, make sure that all aspects of the installation instructions have been followed. Check that all bolted joints are tightly locked, and connect and cover the coax cable connector as follows:

1 Connect the coaxial cable between the IDU and RFU using the N-Type connector.

2 Make sure that the fittings and the coax cable are clean and dry. 3 Peel approximately 6 inches of COAX-SEAL from the paper backing. 4 Wrap isolation tape over the coax cover. Start winding from coax cover

towards fitting with one half overlap with each winding making sure all joints are well covered.

Isolation Tape

5 After entire fitting and coax cable are covered with approximately 3/16" thick layers, mold and form COAX-SEAL with fingers to make a smooth surface and force out any air.

Molding the Coaxial Seal

6 If more COAX-SEAL is necessary to complete seal simply cut the needed amount and add to existing COAX-SEAL, molding and press into the other material. COAX-SEAL adheres to itself with slight pressure.

Carefully inspect seal to make certain that all joints are covered.

Page 230: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 230 of 353

13.9 Safety and Grounding

The pole, antenna mount assembly, and feed cables must be grounded in accordance with current national and local electric codes to protect from surges due to nearby lightning strikes.

Clamps that provide a solid connection between ground wire and ground source should be used.

The antenna installation and initial alignment is now complete. Verify the installation using the process provided below and repeat this procedure for the antenna at the other end of the link.

Page 231: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 231 of 353

14. Connecting an IDU to an RFU

An IDU is connected to an RFU by means of a coaxial cable between the N-Type connectors in the IDU and the RFU.

RFU Interface on IDU Front Panel

1 Connect the coaxial cable between the IDU and RFU using the N-Type connector.

2 Make sure that the fittings and the coax cable are clean and dry. 3 Peel approximately 6 inches of COAX-SEAL from the paper backing. 4 Wrap isolation tape over the coax cover. Start winding from coax cover

towards fitting with one half overlap with each winding making sure all joints are well covered.

Isolation Tape

5 After entire fitting and coax cable are covered with approximately 3/16" thick layers, mold and form COAX-SEAL with fingers to make a smooth surface and force out any air.

Molding the Coaxial Seal

Page 232: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 232 of 353

6 If more COAX-SEAL is necessary to complete seal simply cut the needed amount and add to existing COAX-SEAL, molding and press into the other material. COAX-SEAL adheres to itself with slight pressure.

Carefully inspect seal to make certain that all joints are covered.

7 Route the Coax Cable from the IDU to the RFU and terminate it with N-type male connectors.

Note: Make sure you fasten the cable along the ladder!

Important! Make sure that the inner pin of the connector does not exceed the edge of the connector.

The cable should have a maximum attenuation of 30 dB at 350 MHz.

Page 233: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 233 of 353

15. Initial System Configuration

This section describes the basic configuration steps for an IP-10 radio link, including the following main procedures:

Establishing a Connection with the IDU

Launching

Upgrading the IDU Software

1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

Page 234: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 234 of 353

2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.

3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:

Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.

Server Files Location Path - //

File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).

User name - anonymous

User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.

4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the

Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.

7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-

Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the

path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to

wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file

dmae_tech.log is here.

Configuring the Security Settings

Page 235: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 235 of 353

Configuring IDU Management

Configuring the Radio Parameters

Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode

Configuring Ethernet Interfaces

The purpose of this section is to configure those IDU parameters necessary to establish basic connectivity. For instructions on advanced configuration, such as QoS and Synchronization, refer to one of the following management guides, depending on the management application you are using:

FibeAir IP-10 G-Series Web Based Management User Guide, DOC-00018688

FibeAir IP-10G CLI (Command Line Interface) User Guide – DOC-00023199

PolyView User Guide – DOC-00008492

Note: The instructions in this chapter are written for the Web-Based Element Management System (EMS). However, most of the procedures described in this chapter can also be performed using the CLI or the PolyView NMS.

For basic instructions how to perform initial configuration of certain special features and configurations, such as protection and diversity, refer to Special Instructions for Specific Configuration Options on page 283.

15.1 Establishing a Connection with the IDU

The default factory configuration of a new IP-10 IDU is:

IP Address: 192.168.1.1, IP Mask 255.255.255.0.

Active management port: port #7 (far right RJ45 port), out-of band management.

License: Basic – capacity 10Mbps, no ACM, Smart Pipe (only GbE ports, ports #1 or #2)

SW package: Basic - 1.1.1

Protection: Disabled. 1+0 configuration

To establish a connection with the IDU:

1 Verify that no Ethernet traffic (cables or fibers) is connected. 2 Power up the IDU.

3 Connect your PC or laptop to the IDU management port (port #7, far right RJ45 port).

4 Set your PC or laptop to the following configuration:

IP Address: 192.168.1.240

Page 236: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 236 of 353

IP Mask 255.255.255.0

No default gateway.

5 Verify connectivity to the IDU by pinging 192.168.1.1. If there is no connectivity, verify IDU IP management configuration using the Command Line Interface (CLI). For more information about the IP-10 CLI, refer to Appendix D: CLI Overview on page 342.

15.2 Launching the Web-Based Element Management System (EMS)

You can use the IP-10 Web-Based Management to perform initial IDU configuration. To launch Web-Based Management:

1 Start your web browser. 2 In the URL address field at the top, type http://yourIP, where yourIP is the

IP address of the IDU (192.168.1.1). 3 Press Enter. The IP-10 Login page is displayed. 4 Enter the user name and password:

Default user name: admin

Default password: admin.

5 Click Login. The main management page is displayed.

Configuration and other operations are performed by clicking the menus on the left side of the page.

Note: For detailed information about Web-Based Management, refer to FibeAir IP-10 G-Series Web Based Management User Guide, Doc ID: DOC-00018688 Rev. a.17.

Page 237: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 237 of 353

15.3 Upgrading the IDU Software

New IDUs contain the basic software version (1.1.1), and require a software upgrade in order to support all system features. You must download the new software by FTP.

When downloading software, the IDU functions as an FTP client. You must install FTP server software on the PC or laptop you are using to perform the software upgrade. You may use Windows FTP Server or any other FTP server application to perform the upgrade.

15.3.1 Downloading IDU Software Files

IDU software files are Linux RPM files (14 files or more). The software files can be downloaded from Ceragon's FTP site, in a single zipped package.

Note: You can obtain the latest software version and release notes at Ceragon’s FTP site. For access to the site, contact [email protected].

To download IDU software files:

1 Download the latest software ZIP file from the FTP site and save it to your PC or laptop in the directory C:\updates.

2 Extract the ZIP file to C:\updates. 3 Move the ZIP file to another location on your directory. 4 If necessary, download the latest software file for your system’s RFU,

following the above steps.

15.3.2 Installing the FTP-Server Software

You can install and use any FTP-Server software for the IDU software upgrade. Ceragon recommends using FileZilla_Server-0_9_26 software that can be downloaded from the Internet (freeware) or from Ceragon's FTP site.

To download FileZilla:

1 Download the file FileZilla_Server-0_9_26.zip from the Internet or Ceragon's FTP site and store it on your PC or laptop.

2 Extract the file and run the installation setup. Do not change any of the installation default settings.

15.3.3 Configuring the FTP Server Software

After installing FileZilla, you must configure it to enable the IDU software download using FTP.

To configure FileZilla:

1 Stop Windows default FTP services:

i From the Control Panel, select:

Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services, or

Systems and Maintenance > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services

Page 238: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 238 of 353

Note: This depends on the version of Windows you are running, and on your Control Panel setup.

If Internal Information Services does not appear, Windows FTP was not installed and you may proceed to Step 2.

ii Drill down to Default FTP Site. If there is no FTP Sites folder, Windows FTP was not installed and you may proceed to Step 2.

iii Right-click and select Stop.

2 Select Programs > FileZilla Server > FileZilla Server Interface to launch the FileZilla Server Interface. The Connect to Server window is displayed.

Page 239: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 239 of 353

3 Click OK. The FileZilla Server window is displayed.

4 In the FileZilla Server window, select Edit > Users > Shared Folders. The Users window is displayed.

5 In the Users section of the Users window, click Add. The Add user account window is displayed.

Page 240: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 240 of 353

6 In the upper field of the Add user account window, enter anonymous. 7 Click OK. 8 In the Shared Folders section of the Users window, click Add. The Browse

for Folder window is displayed. 9 In the Browse for Folder window, select Local Disk (C:).

10 In the Files section of the Users window, select Read, Write, and Delete.

Page 241: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 241 of 353

11 Verify that your configuration is identical to the configuration displayed in the following window:

12 Click OK to close the FileZilla server.

15.3.4 Launching the FTP Server Software

To launch the FTP server software:

1 Select Programs > FileZilla Server > FileZilla Server Interface. The Connect to Server window is displayed.

2 Click OK. The FileZilla Server window is displayed.

Page 242: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 242 of 353

3 Verify that the FTP server is running. A yellow lightning bolt should appear on the top left corner, and Logged on should appear in the main window.

15.3.5 Installing the Updated IDU Software

You can use the Web-Based EMS to install the latest IDU software.

1 Verify that the new software files are stored in the directory C:\updates on your PC or laptop.

2 Verify that the FTP-Server is configured and running. For details, refer to Launching the FTP Server Software on page 241.

3 Verify that Windows Firewall is disabled!!! 4 Connect to the IDU and launch Web-Based Management. For details, refer

to Launching on page 236. 5 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the

Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > General > Versions > IDU. The IDU Versions page is displayed, including the following columns:

Running Version is the version that is currently running on the IDU.

Installed Version are IDU software files that were successfully installed.

Upgrade Package are IDU software files that were successfully downloaded to the IDU, and are ready to be installed when IDU upgrade is executed.

Downgrade Package are IDU software files that were successfully downloaded to the IDU, and are ready to be installed when IDU downgrade is executed.

Page 243: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 243 of 353

6 Check the Running Version column for the IDU you are configuring to determine if it is the latest software version. If it is not, proceed with the following steps.

7 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Software Management. The Software Management screen is displayed.

Page 244: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 244 of 353

8 Click FTP Parameters. The Remote Server FTP Parameters page is displayed.

9 In the Remote Server FTP Parameters page, enter the remote FTP-Server details as they appear in the figure above:

Remote SW Update server URL: ftp://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/updates/, where the IP address is the IP address of the PC or laptop from which you are installing the software upgrade.

Remote server login: anonymous

Remote server password: leave blank

10 Click Apply. The Remote Server FTP Parameters window closes.

11 In the Software Management page, click Download to begin transferring the new software version to the IDU. All files in the C:\updates directory of your PC or laptop are transferred to the IDU, but the files are not activated. This process may take a few minutes.

12 Click Upgrade All to install the new software files. This may take few minutes until completed.

13 Once the download and upgrade have been completed, restart the IDU.

15.3.6 Loading a License Key

New IDUs are delivered with a basic license:

License: Basic - capacity 10Mbps, no ACM, Smart Pipe (only GbE ports, ports #1 or #2)

Feature and capacity upgrades are implemented through manual entry of a license key based on the IDU's Serial number. Contact Ceragon in order to obtain your license key.

To enter the license key for an upgrade:

1 Connect to the IDU and launch the Web-Based EMS. For details, refer to Launching on page 236.

Page 245: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 245 of 353

2 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > General > Unit Parameters. The Unit Parameters page is displayed.

3 Verify that the three left characters of the license key match the three right characters of the IDU Serial Number, displayed near the bottom of the Unit Parameters page.

Note: You may have to scroll down the Unit Parameters page to display the IDU Serial Number.

Page 246: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 246 of 353

4 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > General > Licensing. The Licensing page is displayed.

5 Enter the license key in the License code field. 6 Click Apply. 7 Restart the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the

Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > General > Licensing. The Licensing page is displayed.

9 Verify that the license parameters were updated.

Note: You may use the Demo license for 60 days for full capacity and a full feature-set.

Page 247: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 247 of 353

15.3.7 Saving IDU Parameters

1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.

Page 248: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 248 of 353

3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:

Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.

Server Files Location Path - //

File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).

User name - anonymous

User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.

4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the

Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.

7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-

Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the

path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to

wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file

dmae_tech.log is here.

15.4 Configuring the Security Settings

This section describes how to configure the IP-10G security settings. Security settings can be divided into the following categories:

User access control: Restricting system access to authorized users.

Secure communication channels: End-to-end encrypted channels for management.

Security log: A tool to analyze undesired or unauthorized changes in the system security configuration.

Note: Security features can be configured by users with administrator privileges, via the Web-Based EMS or the CLI

Page 249: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 249 of 353

15.4.1 Configuring Users

To add a user using the Web-Based EMS:

Note: You can also use the CLI to add users. For instructions, refer to the FibeAir IP-10G CLI (Command Line Interface) User Guide, DOC-0002319.

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Security > Users & Groups. The Users & Groups page is displayed.

Web-Based EMS – Users & Groups Page

2 Click Add User to create a new user to the IDU. The Add User window is displayed.

3 In the Add a user window, enter the following information:

User privilege - Can be one of the following:

Viewer - This user cannot configure parameters, but only view them.

Operator - This user can configure all parameters in the system, except for security-related parameters (such as adding privilege groups).

Admin - This user has all Operator privileges, as well as the ability to add new users.

Page 250: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 250 of 353

Tech (technician) - Has all Admin privileges, as well as access to the Linux OS shell.

User name - The name for the user in the system.

Password - The password for authenticating the user. To enhance password strength, passwords must comply with the following rules:

Be at least 8 characters long

Include both numbers and letters (or spaces, symbols, etc.)

Include both uppercase and lowercase letters

When calculating the number of character classes, upper-case letters used as the first character and digits used as the last character of a password are not counted

A password cannot be repeated within the past 5 password changes

Note: By default, when the user logs in for the first time, the system requires the user to change his or her password. To change this setting, select Security > Change Password.

Expiration date – Optionally, click the calendar icon and select an expiration date for the user’s password.

Password Aging - Select the number of days for which this user’s password is valid. When this time has elapsed, the user will be prompted to change passwords. Options are No Aging, and 20 through 48.

4 To apply any change you made, click Apply. 5 To close the Add a user window, click Close.

Note: Users may be suspended after a configurable number of unsuccessful login attempts. Use the login-fail-threshold CLI command to specify the number of consecutive failed logins before blocking a user from attempting to login again. Possible values are 0 to 10. 0 disables blocking users after failed login attempts. Use the blocking-fail-login-time CLI command to configure the number of minutes for blocking access to the system after exceeding the configured threshold for consecutive failed logins. Possible values are 1 to 1440.

15.4.2 Configuring Secure Communications Channels

IP-10G works with several standard encryption protocols and algorithms for increased system security. The following sections provide instructions for configuring these protocols and algorithms:

Secure File Transfer and Server Authentication

Configuring HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)

SFTP (Secure FTP)

Generating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) File

The system automatically times out after a specified number of minutes with no activity. To configure this timeout period:

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Security > Security Configuration. The Security Configuration page is displayed.

Page 251: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 251 of 353

Web-Based EMS – Security Configuration Page

2 In the Communication inactivity timeout field, enter the timeout period in minutes. The timeout can be from 1 to 60 minutes..

3 Click Apply.

15.4.2.1 Secure File Transfer and Server Authentication

IP-10G supports Secured Shell protocol (SSH) and Telnet for secure file transfer. SSHv1 and SSHv2 are supported. SSH is always operational. In contrast, Telnet, which is enabled by default, can be disabled.

To disable Telnet:

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Security > Security Configuration. The Security Configuration page is displayed.

Page 252: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 252 of 353

Web-Based EMS – Security Configuration Page

2 In the Telnet protocol field, select Disable. 3 Click Apply.

Server authentication is based on IP-10G’s public key. The key exchange algorithm is RSA. Supported encryptions are: aes128-cbc, 3des-cbc, blowfish-cbc, cast128-cbc, arcfour128, arcfour256, arcfour, aes192-cbc, aes256-cbc, aes128-ctr, aes192-ctr, aes256-ctr.

The server timeout for authentication is 10 minutes. This value cannot be changed.

15.4.2.2 Configuring HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)

In order to manage the system using HTTPS protocol, you must perform the following steps, as described in more detail below:

Upload the public key - The public key should be uploaded by the user for generating the IDU’s digital certificate. Uploads are performed using FTP/SFTP. The public key file will be in PEM format.

Page 253: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 253 of 353

Download IDU server certificate and/or IDU CA certificate (optional) – Downloads are performed using FTP/SFTP. PEM and DER certificate formats are supported.

Activate HTTPS – The web interface protocol can be configured to be HTTP (default) or HTTPS, but it cannot be set to both at the same time.

4 In the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Security > Security Configuration. The Security Configuration page is displayed (refer to Web-Based EMS – Security Configuration Page on page 252).

5 Click Upload Public Key. You can monitor the upload status in the Upload public key status field of the Security Configuration page.

Note: You must have operator privileges to use this command.

6 Download an IDU server certificate and/or, optionally, an IDU CA certificate. To do this, you must perform the following steps for each file type:

Note: You must have admin privileges to perform this procedure.

i In the Security file name field, enter the certificate file name. ii In the Security file type field, enter the digital certificate type. Options

are "Target certificate" for WEB server digital certificate, or "Target ca certificate" for WEB CA digital certificate.

iii In the Security file format field, select the certificate file format: PEM (for PEM formatted file) or DER (for DER formatted file).

iv In the WEB CA Certificate field, select Enable if the downloaded file is a “WEB CA digital certificate” or Disable if the file is a "WEB server digital certificate.”

v Click Download Certificate. You can monitor the status of the download operation in the Download security status field in the Security Configuration page.

vi It is recommended to refresh the Security Configuration page once the certificate download operation is complete.

vii To apply the new certificate, the web server should be restarted. The web server is automatically restarted when it is configured to HTTPS.

7 To activate HTTPS, open the web browser and type the following URL: https:\\<IP of target IDU>

While switching to HTTPS mode, the following conditions must exist:

A WEB server certificate file must exist.

The certificate’s public key must be compatible with the IDU’s private key.

Notes: For security reasons, this parameter is NOT copied by a copy to mate operation. An unsecured unit should not be able to override the security parameters of a secured unit just by performing a copy to mate operation.

15.4.2.3 SFTP (Secure FTP) Support

IP-10G supports the use of SFTP can be used for the following operations:

Configuration upload and download

Uploading IDU unit information

Page 254: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 254 of 353

Uploading a public key

Downloading certificate files

Downloading software

Recommended SFTP (Freeware) servers

freeSSHd : http://www.freesshd.com/?ctt=download

msftpsrvr: http://www.download3k.com/Install-CoreFTP.com-Core-FTP-Mini-SFTP-Server.html

15.4.2.4 Generating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) File

In order to create a digital certificate for an IP-10G unit, or any other network element (NE), a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) file should be generated by the NE. The CSR contains information that will be included in the NE's certificate such as the organization name, common name (domain name), locality, and country. It also contains the public key that will be included in the certificate. Certificate authority (CA) will use the CSR to create the desired certificate for the NE.

When creating the CSR file, you will be prompted to input the following parameters:

Common name – The identify name of the element in the network (e.g., the IP address). The common name can be a network IP or the FQDN of the element.

Organization – The legal name of the organization.

Organizational Unit - The division of the organization handling the certificate.

City/Locality - The city where the organization is located.

State/County/Region - The state/region where the organization is located.

Country - The two-letter ISO code for the country where the organization is location.

Email address - An email address used to contact the organization.

Page 255: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 255 of 353

To generate a CSR file:

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Security > CSR file. The CSR File page is displayed.

Web-Based EMS – CSR File Page

2 In the Country name field, enter the two-letter ISO code for the country where the organization is location.

3 In the State or Province Name field, enter the state or region where the organization is located.

4 In the Locality Name field, enter the city where the organization is located.

5 In the Organization name field, enter the legal name of the organization. 6 In the Organizational unit name field, enter the division of the

organization handling the certificate. 7 In the Common Name field, enter the identify name of the element in the

network (e.g., IP address). 8 In the Email address field, enter an email address used to contact your

organization. The common name could be network IP or the FQDN of the element.

9 Click Create CSR file.

15.4.2.5 Generating a security certificate from a CSR file

To generate a security certificate from the CSR text only:

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Security > CSR file. The CSR File page is displayed.

Page 256: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 256 of 353

2 Click the View CSR file link at the bottom of the page. The CSR file is displayed.

CSR File

3 Copy the CSR file to paste into a CSR generator and give it to a certificate generator or the Certificate Authority.

To generate a certificate from a CSR file via upload:

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Security > CSR file. The CSR File page is displayed.

2 Enter the name of the CSR file in the Security file name field.

3 Click Apply. 4 When the Upload CSR file status field indicates Ready, click Upload File. 5 Give the CSR file to a certificate generator or the Certificate Authority.

Page 257: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 257 of 353

15.5 Configuring IDU Management

An IP-10G system can be configured to use between 0 and 3 Ethernet management ports. The default number of ports is 2. Ethernet ports 5, 6, and 7 are the only ports that can be assigned to be management ports:

Configured Number of Management Ports Management Interfaces

1 Ethernet 7

2 (default) Ethernet 7, Ethernet 6

3 Ethernet 7, Ethernet 6, Ethernet 5

0 None

Management ports are connected to the switch (bridge) and are configured to Learning mode.

Note: Management ports can be configured to have one of the following capacities: 64kbps, 128kbps, 256kbps, 512kbps, 1024kbps, 2048kbps (default). Capacity is limited by the port ingress rate limit.

15.5.1 Configuring the Management Ports

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > General > Management. The Management window is displayed.

2 From the bottom of the Management window, click Refresh. The current parameters are displayed.

3 In the Number of ports field, specify the number of ports that are used for management data.

4 When you are using In-band management, in the In-band Management VLAN ID field, specify the VLAN ID that is used to identify management traffic.

5 In the Type drop-down menu, select the management mode of operation: In band or Out of band.

6 In the Capacity drop-down menu, select the bandwidth that is allocated to the management port(s).

7 In the Auto negotiation drop-down menu, select one of the following options:

Page 258: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 258 of 353

On - Enables this feature.

Off - Disables this feature.

8 In the Rate drop-down menu, select the bit rate you want for the management port(s).

9 In the Duplex drop-down menu, select Half or Full. 10 Click Apply. The parameters for the management port(s) are configured.

15.5.2 Management in a Nodal Configuration

In a nodal configuration, all management is carried out through the main unit, which communicates with the extension units via the nodal backplane. Therefore, management traffic must reach the main unit in order for management to be available.

A local craft terminal can be used to configure each IDU individually using CLI. However, with the exception of the main unit, functionality is limited to local configurations. Access to all other units is provided via the main unit’s CLI. For remote channels (e.g., Web-Based EMS, PolyView, and Telnet) this requires IP traffic to be directed to the main unit.

The IP address of the node is the address of the main unit in the node. In a 1+1 configuration, the node will have two IP addresses (the addresses of each of the main units) and should be managed via the Active unit.

15.5.3 Configuring Out-of-Band Management

With Out-of-Band management, the remote system is managed using the wayside channel. On both local and remote units, the wayside channel must be connected to a management port using an Ethernet cross-cable. The Wayside channel can be configured to Narrow capacity (~64kbps) or Wide capacity (~2Mbps). It is recommended to use Wide capacity in order to achieve better management performance.

15.5.3.1 Configuring the Wayside Channel

To configure the wayside channel capacity using the Web-Based EMS:

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Interfaces > Wayside Channel. The Wayside Channel page is displayed.

2 Click Refresh. The current settings for the wayside channel are displayed.

Page 259: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 259 of 353

Web-Based EMS – Wayside Channel Page

3 From the Wayside admin drop-down menu, select Enable. 4 From the Capacity drop-down menu, select Narrow or Wide for the

wayside channel capacity. 5 From the Auto negotiation drop-down menu, select one of the following

options:

On - The system controls the data flow between the wayside channel and the other active ports.

Off - The data flow between the wayside channel and the other ports is not controlled by the system.

6 From the Duplex drop-down menu, select Full or Half duplex. 7 From the Rate drop-down menu, select the data rate for the port. 8 Click Apply. The settings for the Wayside Channel are configured.

Note: User Wayside channel and Enhanced Traffic Manager PTP optimized transport mode are mutual exclusive features. You should disable the PTP optimized transport mode before enabling the User Wayside channel. For instructions, refer to FibeAir IP-10 G-Series Web Based Management User Guide, DOC-00018688.

Page 260: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 260 of 353

15.5.3.2 Out-of-Band Management in a 1+0 Link

At least two management ports are required for the local IDU. One port is for local management, and the second port must be connected to the Wayside port.

On the remote unit, the Wayside port must be connected to a management port.

1+0 Out-of-Band management via Wayside channel

15.5.3.3 Out-of-Band Management in a 1+1 Link

At the local site, the active and standby management ports can be connected to the host in either of the following ways:

Using an Ethernet splitter cable connected to an external switch

Using a Protection "Patch Panel"

The Wayside port must be connected to another available management port in each IDU. At the remote site, each IDU’s Wayside port should be connected to a management port.

1+1 Out-of-Band management via WSC (Cable Splitter)

Page 261: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 261 of 353

1+1 Out-of-Band management via WSC (Patch Panel).

Note: It is possible to use fewer than three patch panels (as depicted above), according to the number of FE interfaces that need to be split (traffic, management, WSC), assuming the IDUs are co-located.

15.5.3.4 Nodal Configuration

In a nodal configuration, it is sometimes necessary to use external equipment in order to transport management to the main unit, as shown in the figure below.

Out-of-Band management in nodal configuration

15.5.4 Configuring In-Band Management

With In-Band management, the remote IDU is managed by specific frames that are sent as part of the traffic. These frames are identified as management frames by a special VLAN ID configured by the user. This VLAN ID must be used ONLY for management. It is NOT possible to configure more than a single VLAN ID for management. For instructions on how to configure the VLAN ID, refer to Configuring the Management Ports on page 257.

Important: It is highly recommended to classify the management VLAN ID to the highest queue, in order to ensure the ability to manage remote units even under congestion scenarios.

Page 262: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 262 of 353

In-Band Management in 1+0 Link

The local unit is the gateway for In-Band management. The remote unit is managed via its traffic ports (the radio port, for example), so that no management ports are needed.

15.5.4.1 Configuring In-Band Management in a 1+1 Link

It is important to follow these instructions carefully in order to avoid management loss to the remote unit. It is mandatory to configure the same management VLAN ID in all units that are part of the same management domain.

In order to configure a protected link to In-Band management, or to change the management VLAN ID, the following steps must be performed, in order:

1 Configure the following units’ management VLAN ID in their order of appearance (even if the unit is still configured to Out-of-Band management):

Remote Standby

Remote Active

Local Standby

Local Active

Note: For instructions on how to configure the VLAN ID, refer to Configuring the Management Ports on page 257.

2 If Metro Switch is used, the Ethertype of the bridge should first be configured on the remote side of the link, then on the local side.

3 Configure all the units listed above to In-Band management. Again, this configuration should be made to the units in the order they are listed above.

Page 263: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 263 of 353

1+1 In-Band Management (Cable Splitter)

1+1 In-Band Management (Patch Panel)

Note: It is possible to use fewer than three patch-panels (as depicted above), according to the number of FE interfaces required to be split (traffic, management, WSC), assuming the IDUs are co-located. When a patch panel is used, straight and short (<0.5m) Ethernet cables should be connected between the IDUs and the panel (these cables are provided by Ceragon). Straight Ethernet cables should be connected from the IDU to the patch-panel.

Page 264: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 264 of 353

15.5.4.2 In-Band Management in Nodal Configurations

In a nodal configuration, it is necessary to transport management traffic to the main unit by using external Ethernet cables.

The following figures show a few examples of relevant topologies and how to connect the cables in each topology.

3:1 (Aggregation 3 to 1)

In-Band management in non-protected node

3:1 (Aggregation 3 to 1) with Protection

Page 265: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 265 of 353

In-Band management in node with protected main units

Page 266: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 266 of 353

15.5.4.3 GbE In-Band management in a node

In nodal configurations, the Ethernet bandwidth available between extension units and main units is limited by the Fast Ethernet interfaces to 100Mbps.

In order to achieve resiliency and have a configuration ready for higher bandwidth traffic, it is possible to set up the node in a ring configuration, using optical SFP connections between the IDUs as shown in the following figure.

15.5.4.4 In-Band Management Isolation in Single Pipe Mode

This feature is required by “carrier of carriers” customers that provide Ethernet leased lines to third party users. The third party user connects its equipment to the Ethernet interface of the IP-10, while all the other network interfaces, particularly the radios, are managed by the “carrier of carriers” user. In that case, management frames that are sent throughout the network to manage the “carrier of carrier” equipment must not egress the line interfaces that are used by the third party customer, since these frames will, in effect, spam the third party user network.

Page 267: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 267 of 353

The following figure describes the management blocking scenario.

IP-10 IP-10

Provider Network

Management Center

Mng

Frames

Carrier of carriers network

(Provider Network)

Mng

Frames

Block provider’s

management FramesBlock provider’s

management Frames

3rd

Party User

Network3

rd Party User

Network

In switch modes, it is very easy to achieve the required functionality by a simple VLAN exclude configuration on the relevant ports. However, in Single Pipe mode, VLANs cannot be used to block traffic, since the line and radio interfaces are transparent by definition to all VLANs. Thus, this management blocking capacity is a special feature for Single Pipe applications that blocks management frames from egressing the line interface.

This feature is relevant only to Single Pipe applications. It is also relevant only to standalone units or the main unit in a nodal configuration. There is no purpose in blocking the In-Band management VLAN in extension units, since the management VLAN can be blocked in the Ethernet switch port.

Management isolation and blocking behavior is controlled by the block-management-towards-line CLI parameter. The default is disable. To enable this feature, enter:

block-management-towards-line disable

Page 268: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 268 of 353

15.6 Configuring the Radio Parameters

You can configure the radio parameters of both the local and remote IDU using the Web-Based EMS.

15.6.1 Configuring the radio parameters of the local IDU

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Radio > Radio Parameters. The Radio Parameters page is displayed.

Web-Based EMS – Radio Parameters Page

2 In Tx frequency field, enter the desired transmission radio frequency. 3 In Rx frequency field, enter the desired received radio frequency. 4 Select Set also remote unit to configure the remote unit with the identical

radio frequency configuration. 5 From the Radio IF interface drop-down menu, select Enable to activate

the radio interface 6 From the Mute Tx drop-down menu select one of the following options:

Enable - Activates Tx muting.

Disable - Deactivates Tx muting.

7 In the Max Tx level field, enter the maximum operational Tx value. 8 In the Link ID field, enter the identification number of the link.

Page 269: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 269 of 353

Note: When working with an IDU that has the Link ID feature on one end and an IDU that does not have this feature on the other end, set the Link ID to 1.

9 From the MAC header compression drop-down menu, select one of the following options:

Enable - Activates MAC header compression.

Disable - Deactivates MAC header compression.

10 From the bottom of the Radio Parameters window, click Apply. The radio parameters are configured.

Note: After enabling the radio interface, the IDU must be reset.

15.6.2 Configuring the radio parameters of the remote IDU

The Remote Radio window enables you to configure how the remote radio unit operates.

To configure the settings for the remote radio unit:

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Radio > Remote Radio. The Remote Radio page is displayed.

2 In the Remote IP address field, enter the IP address of the remote unit. 3 In the Remote force max Tx level field, enter the maximum transmit level

that is forced on the remote unit. 4 In the Remote ATPC reference Rx Level field, enter the ATPC Rx level of

the remote unit. 5 In the Remote floating IP address field, enter the floating IP address for

the remote unit (if applicable). 6 To open the remote radio configuration, click Open Remote. 7 To unmute the remote unit transmitter output, click Force Unmute. 8 Click Apply. The remote radio unit settings are configured.

Page 270: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 270 of 353

15.6.3 Configuring the Radio Threshold

To configure the radio threshold levels:

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Radio > Radio Thresholds. The Radio Thresholds page is displayed.

2 Click Refresh. The current remote radio unit settings are displayed.

Web-Based EMS – Radio Thresholds Page

3 From the Radio excessive BER threshold drop-down list, select the level above which an excessive BER alarm is issued for errors detected over the radio link.

4 From the Radio signal degrade threshold drop-down list, select the level above which a Signal Degrade alarm is issued for errors detected over the radio link.

5 The Radio BER field displays the value above which a BER alarm is issued for errors detected over the radio link.

6 Click Apply. The radio threshold levels are configured.

Page 271: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 271 of 353

15.6.4 Selecting a Radio Script and Configuring ACM

You can select a radio script and configure ACM in the MRMC Configuration page of the Web-Based EMS.

15.6.4.1 Available Radio Scripts

The following table lists the IP-10G scripts. Some of these scripts may not be available in your system, depending upon your license status.

Note: Special licenses are required for ACM and Asymmetrical scripts.

# Modem Script Bit Rate

[Mbps]

Channel Spacing ETSI/FCC (Occupied BW) [MHz]

Modulation ETSI/FCC

1. 1035 10 3.5 (3.2) 16QAM ETSI

2. 0107 10 7 (6.5) QPSK ETSI

3. 1535 15 3.5 (3.2) 64QAM ETSI

4. 0207 20 7 (6.5) 16QAM ETSI

5. 0407 39 7 (6.5) 256QAM ETSI

6. 0428 38 28 (26) QPSK ETSI

7. 4410 47 10 (9) 64QAM FCC

8. 1528 155 28 (26) 128QAM ETSI

9. XPIC-1528 155 28 (26) 128QAM ETSI

10. XPIC-1828 180 28 (26) 256QAM ETSI

11. 1828 181 28 (26) 256QAM ETSI

12. XPIC-2030 198 30 (29) 256QAM FCC

13. XPIC-2636 260 40 (36.2) 256QAM ETSI/FCC

14. XPIC-3346 337 50 (46.8) 256QAM FCC

15. 3548 350 50 (48) 256QAM FCC

16. XPIC-3656 363 56 (52) 256QAM ETSI

17. ACM-7M(1) 10 – 40 7 (6.5) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI

18. ACM-7M(1) 10 – 42 7 (6.5) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI

19. ACM-10M(2) 13 - 59 10 (9) QPSK – 256QAM FCC

20. ACM-10M(2) 13 - 61 10 (9) QPSK – 256QAM FCC

21. ACM-14M(3) 21 – 87 14 (12.5) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI

22. ACM-14M(3) 21 – 87 14 (13) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI

23. ACM-20M 27– 124 20 (18) QPSK – 256QAM FCC

24. ACM-28M(4) 38 - 181 28/30 (26) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC

Page 272: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 272 of 353

# Modem Script Bit Rate

[Mbps]

Channel Spacing ETSI/FCC (Occupied BW) [MHz]

Modulation ETSI/FCC

25. ACM-28M(4) 39 - 185 28/30 (27) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC

26. ACM-28M(4) 42 - 194 28/30 (28) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC

27. ACM-30M 39- 198 30 (28) QPSK – 256QAM FCC

28. ACM-40M 55- 255 40 (36) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC

29. ACM-50M 67 - 337 50 (47) QPSK – 256QAM FCC

30. ACM-56M 76 – 367 56 (52) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC

31. XPIC-ACM-28M 40-180 28/30 (26.6) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC

32. XPIC-ACM-40M 55 - 259 40 (36.2) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC

33. XPIC-ACM-56M 76 - 367 56 (52) QPSK – 256QAM ETSI/FCC

34. Asymmetric downlink(5)

TX = 21M, RX=7M*

TX = 132

RX = 42

28MHz 256QAM ETSI

35. Asymmetric uplink (5)

TX = 7M, RX=21M*

TX = 42

RX =132

28MHz 256QAM ETSI

36. Asymmetric downlink(5)

TX = 42M, RX=14M*

TX=270

RX=85.5

56MHz 256QAM ETSI

37. Asymmetric uplink (5) )

TX = 14M, RX=42M*

TX=270

RX=85.5

56MHz 256QAM ETSI

Radio Script Notes:

(1) Two ACM-7M scripts appear in the MRMC table.

The first ACM radio script that appears in line 16 is a low-latency script for channel spacing of 7MHz. It has a slightly lower throughput than the second script.

The second script that appears in line 17 in the table above is the ACM radio script for channel spacing of 7MHz that was released in previous IP-10 versions 6.1.x, 6.2.x, for backwards compatibility.

(2) Two ACM-10M scripts appear in the MRMC table.

The first ACM radio script that appears in line 18 is a low-latency script for channel spacing of 10MHz. It has a slightly lower throughput than the second script. It was released in version 6.6.2.

The second script that appears in line 19 in the table above is the ACM radio script for channel spacing of 10MHz that was released in previous IP-10 versions 6.1.x, 6.2.x, for backwards compatibility.

(3) Two ACM-14M scripts appear in the MRMC table.

The first script that appears in line 20 in the table above is the ACM radio script for channel spacing of 14MHz that was released in previous IP-10 versions 6.1.x, 6.2.x, for backwards compatibility.

The second ACM radio script that appears in line 21 is an enhanced latency script for channel spacing of 14MHz. It was released in version 6.6.2.

Page 273: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 273 of 353

(4) Three ACM-28M scripts appear in the MRMC table.

The first script that appears in line 23 in the list above is the ACM radio script for channel spacing of 28MHz that was released in previous IP-10 versions 6.1.x, 6.2.x, for backwards compatibility.

The second ACM radio script that appears in line 24 is an enhanced capacity and latency script for channel spacing of 28MHz. It was released in version 6.6.2.

The third ACM radio script that appears in line 25 provides even higher capacity and lower latency for channel spacing of 28MHz.

(5) Asymmetrical scripts come in pairs. The downlink script is wide and the uplink script is narrow. For each downlink script its adjacent uplink script must be loaded on the remote side.

Script 34 at the downlink must work with script 35 at the uplink.

Script 36 at the downlink must work with script 37 at the uplink.

15.6.4.2 Selecting a Radio Script in Regular (non-ACM) Mode

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Radio > MRMC. The MRMC window is displayed.

2 Click Refresh. The current MRMC scripts are displayed.

3 In the Symmetry field, select Normal or Asymmetric to display symmetric or asymmetric scripts.

4 If necessary, filter the MRMC table for only FCC or ETSI scripts:

i In the Standard field, select one of the following options:

All - All scripts are displayed.

FCC - Only scripts that are FCC compliant are displayed.

ETSI - Only scripts that are ETSI compliant are displayed.

ii Click Refresh. The filtered scripts are displayed.

5 Click next to the script you want to use. The script details are displayed.

Page 274: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 274 of 353

6 Click Apply. To select the script.

Note: You must reset the IDU in order to activate the selected script.

15.6.4.3 Selecting an ACM Script

ACM scripts can be distinguished from regular scripts by their ACM prefix. Two options are available for ACM scripts:

ACM Fixed Mode - The ACM engine is disabled.

ACM Adaptive Mode - The radio is adaptive, and the ACM engine is enabled. The selected profile is the maximum bandwidth that the ACM may reach, but never exceed.

To activate an MRMC script for ACM mode:

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Radio > MRMC. The MRMC window is displayed.

2 Click Refresh. The available scripts are displayed. 3 In the Symmetry field, select Normal or Asymmetric to display

symmetric or asymmetric scripts. 4 If necessary, filter the MRMC table for only FCC or ETSI scripts:

i In the Standard field, select one of the following options:

All - All scripts are displayed.

FCC - Only scripts that are FCC compliant are displayed.

ETSI - Only scripts that are ETSI compliant are displayed.

ii Click Refresh. The filtered scripts are displayed.

5 Click next to the script you want to use. The script details are displayed.

Page 275: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 275 of 353

6 Select the ACM profile you want to use. 7 For ACM Adaptive mode, configure the RFU adaptive mode:

i From the Adaptive Power drop-down menu select one of the following options:

Enable - Activates adaptive power mode for the RFU.

Disable - Deactivates adaptive power mode for the RFU.

ii From the Reference class drop-down menu, configure the reference class for the RFU:

For ETSI, select Class 2, 4, 5B, or 6A.

For FCC, select FCC.

8 Click Apply. The script is activated.

15.6.5 Activating an Asymmetrical Script

To activate an asymmetrical script, you must upgrade the uplink script (narrow TX, wide RX) at one end of the link, and upgrade the downlink script (wide TX, narrow RX) at the other end of the link. This operation requires reset.

The number of TDM trails is determined by the capacity of the uplink (narrow script).

To avoid loss of management while upgrading the scripts, it is recommended to upgrade the remote side first.

Asymmetrical scripts are supported in both R2 and R3 hardware.

Page 276: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 276 of 353

Notes: This feature requires an Asymmetrical Scripts license.

When using an asymmetrical script, the capacity license relates to the TX side of each link.

15.7 Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode

FibeAir IP-10G supports Single Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro Switch configurations. Single Pipe is the default configuration, and does not require a separate license. Configuring the system to Managed or Metro Switch requires a separate license.

15.7.1 Switch Configurations Overview

Single (Smart) Pipe allows only a single GbE interface for traffic (optical GbE-SFP or Electrical GBE, 10/100/1000 mbps). Traffic originating from any GbE interface is sent directly to the radio and vice versa. The Single Pipe method enables you to use QoS configurations. The Fast Ethernet interfaces (10/100 mbps) interfaces are "functional" interfaces (WSC, Protection, Management).

Managed Switch is a 802.1Q VLAN-aware bridge, allowing L2 switching based on VLANs. Each traffic port can be configured as an "access" port or a "trunk" port, as follows:

Type VLANs Allowed Ingress Frames Allowed Egress Frames

Access Specific VLAN should be

associated with the access port

Only untagged frames (or frames

tagged with VID=0 ("Priority

Tagged")

Untagged frames

Trunk

A range of VLANs or all VLANs

should be associated with the trunk

port

Only tagged frames Tagged frames

Hybrid

Specific VLAN is used for the

untagged frames

A range of VLANs are associated

with the tagged frames

Tagged and untagged frames Tagged frames

The Managed Switch method allows QoS configuration, and all Ethernet ports are allowed for traffic.

Metro Switch is an 802.1ad Provider Bridge, allowing Q-in-Q switching capabilities. Each traffic port can be assigned as a "Customer Network" port or a "Provider Network" port. The port attributes are listed in the following table:

Type VLANs Allowed Ingress Frames Allowed Egress Frames

Customer

Network

Specific S-VLAN should be

associated with the

customer network port

Untagged frames or tagged (C-

tag) frames

Untagged frames of

tagged (C-tag) frames

Page 277: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 277 of 353

Type VLANs Allowed Ingress Frames Allowed Egress Frames

Provider

Network

A range of S-VLANs or all

S-VLANs should be

associated with the

provider network port

Only S-tagged frames, (in

accordance with the configured

"provider ether-type", which is

0x88a8 by default)

S-tagged frames,

carrying the configured

provider ether-type,

(0x88a8 by default)

Note: S-Tag Ether type can be configured to one of the following values: 0x88a8 (default), 0x8100, 0x9100, or 0x9200.

15.7.2 Single Pipe Switch Configuration

This section explains how to configure the Ethernet switch to Single Pipe mode. When you are using the Single Pipe mode, Ethernet switching is disabled, and only a single Ethernet interface is used for traffic. The IDU operates as a point-to-point microwave Ethernet radio.

To configure the Ethernet switch to Single pipe:

1 From the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Ethernet Switch > Switch Configuration. The Switch Configuration page is displayed.

2 Click Refresh. The current Ethernet switch configuration is displayed.

Web-Based EMS – Switch Configuration Page

3 Select Single pipe. 4 Click Apply. The IDU is configured to Single Pipe mode.

15.7.3 Managed and Metro switch configuration

The section explains how to configure an IDU for Managed Switch or Metro switch A specific license is required to use Managed Switch or Metro Switch.

To configure the Ethernet switch to Managed Switch or Metro Switch:

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Ethernet Switch > Switch Configuration. The Switch Configuration window is displayed.

Page 278: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 278 of 353

2 Click Refresh. The current Ethernet switch configuration is displayed. 3 From Ethernet Application Type, select one of the following options:

Managed switch - Ethernet switching is enabled and all the ports are used for traffic.

Metro switch - Ethernet switching is enabled and all the ports are used for traffic. You must select this option to use Ethernet Q-in-Q provider switch.

4 Click Apply. The Managed or Metro switch is enabled.

Note: Depending on the current configuration, the Apply button may be located in LAG load balancing section.

5 From the bottom of the Switch Configuration window, click Refresh. The current Switch Configuration parameters are displayed.

Web-Based EMS – Switch Configuration Page for Managed Switch or Metro Switch

6 Configure the LAG load balancing setting.

i In the LAG load balancing section, select one of the following load balancing options:

Simple XOR - Performs XOR on the last three bits of the Packet Source MAC address (SA) and the Destination MAC address (DA). Depending on the XOR result, the system selects the link to be used in the LAG.

The HASH mechanism distributes flows across multiple egress ports in a LAG. It uses a proprietary scrambling function, and uses the last three bits (LSBs) of the DA, SA. This means that two flows with the same three LSB bits, but different MSB bits, still egress on the same port.

Page 279: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 279 of 353

ii In the LAG load balancing section, click Apply. The LAG load balancing options are configured.

7 In the bottom of the Switch Configuration window, click Refresh. The current VLAN ID parameters are displayed beneath the Unit Allowed VIDs section.

8 The following list explains the columns are in the Units allowed VIDs section:

VLAN ID - Specific ID for this VLAN.

Name - Configured name for the VLAN.

Status - Indicates whether this VLAN is Active or Passive.

Member Ports - Lists which IDU ports allow this VLAN.

9 Configure the VLAN IDs for the switch.

i From the Operation drop-down menu, select the VLAN operation you want to perform for the switch:

Set - Add VLANs to the database.

Remove - Remove VLANs from the database.

Change name - Change the name of a configured VLAN.

Disable - Suspend usage of a configured VLAN.

Enable - Activate a configured VLAN.

ii In the Start VID and End VID fields, enter the VLAN start and end IDs. iii In the Name field, specify a unique name for the VLAN.

10 Click Apply. The VLANs for the switch are defined. 11 Repeat steps 9 and 10 as necessary and click Refresh. The parameters of

the defined VLANs are displayed beneath the Unit Allowed VIDs section.

15.8 Configuring Ethernet Interfaces

Port configuration differs somewhat depending on which switching mode your system is using. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.

15.8.1 Configuring a Single Pipe Port

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Interfaces > Ethernet Ports. The Ethernet Ports page is displayed.

2 Click Refresh. The current Ethernet Ports parameters are displayed.

Page 280: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 280 of 353

Web-Based EMS – Ethernet Ports Page

3 Click next to the port you want to configure. The Ethernet port settings are displayed.

4 From the Port admin drop-down menu, select Enable to activate the port. 5 From the Connector type drop-down menu, select RJ 45 or Optical

connector type.

Note: This field is only relevant for the two GbE ports, Eth1 and Eth2. All the other Ethernet ports are RJ-45 ports only.

6 From the Auto negotiation drop-down menu, select one of the following options:

Enable - The system controls the flow of data.

Disable - Deactivates the Auto negotiation feature.

Page 281: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 281 of 353

7 From the Port learning drop-down menu, select one of the following options:

Enable

Disable

8 From the Flow control drop-down menu, select one of the following options:

On

Off

9 From the Port service type drop-down menu, select one of the following options:

Service network point

Access port

Note: The Port service type is configured for the PolyView NMS Ethernet services.

10 Click Apply. The Single Pipe Ethernet port settings are configured.

15.8.2 Configuring a Managed Switch or Metro Switch Port

To configure the settings for an Ethernet port in Managed Switch or Metro Switch mode:

1 In the Web-Based EMS, select Configuration > Interfaces > Ethernet Ports. The Ethernet Ports page is displayed.

2 Click Refresh. The current Ethernet Ports parameters are displayed. 3 Expand the Ethernet port. The port settings are displayed.

4 From the Port admin drop-down menu, select Enable to activate the port. 5 From the Connector type drop-down menu, select RJ 45 or Optical

connector type.

Note: This field is only relevant for the two GbE ports, Eth1 and Eth2. All the other Ethernet ports are RJ-45 ports only.

6 From the Type drop-down menu select the option that is appropriate to your configuration.

i Managed Switch ports can be can be one of the following types:

Access

Page 282: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 282 of 353

Trunk

Hybrid

ii Metro Switch ports can be one of the following types:

Customer Network

Provider Network

7 In the Default VLAN ID field, enter the default VLAN ID for tagged frames on this port.

8 From the Auto negotiation drop-down menu, select one of the following options:

Enable - The system controls the flow of data.

Disable - Deactivates the Auto negotiation feature.

9 From the Port learning drop-down menu, select one of the following options:

Enable

Disable

10 From the Flow control drop-down menu, select one of the following options:

On

Off

From the Port service type drop-down menu, select one of the following options:

Service network point

Access port

Note: The Port service type is configured for the PolyView NMS Ethernet services.

11 Click Apply. The port settings are configured.

Page 283: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 283 of 353

16. Special Instructions for Specific Configuration Options

This chapter includes additional initial configuration instructions for certain configuration options, including:

Configuring 1+1 HSB

Configuring 1+1 Space Diversity (BBS)

Configuring 1+1 Frequency Diversity (BBS)

Configuring 2+0

Configuring 2+2 HSB

Configuring XPIC

Configuring Multi Radio

Changing from 1+1 to 2+2

Configuring Multi-Unit LAG

16.1 Configuring 1+1 HSB

This section describes the following installation scenarios:

Configuring 1+1 HSB Protection in a New Standalone System

Replacing the Standby Unit in a 1+1 HSB Standalone System

Configuring 1+1 HSB Protection in a New Nodal System

Replacing the Standby Unit in a 1+1 HSB Nodal System

16.1.1 Configuring 1+1 HSB Protection in a New Standalone System

1 Disconnect all cables from the IDUs (radio, traffic, wayside, and protection), except for the management cable.

2 Turn on the Active unit. 3 Connect a management cable to the management interface of the Active

IDU, or configure the IDU via terminal:

i Install the license (if necessary). Refer to Loading a License Key on page 244.

ii Upgrade the software (if necessary). Refer to Upgrading the IDU Software on page 237.

iii Configure the radio parameters. Refer to Configuring the Radio Parameters on page 268.

iv Configure the security settings. Refer to 1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

Page 284: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 284 of 353

2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.

3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:

Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.

Server Files Location Path - //

File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).

User name - anonymous

Page 285: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 285 of 353

User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.

4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the

Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.

7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-

Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the

path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to

wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file

dmae_tech.log is here.

Configuring the Security Settings on page 247. v Configure the Ethernet Application Type to set the Switching mode.

Possible values are Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro switch. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.

4 Configure the required Management Type (Out-of-Band or In-Band). If you use In-Band management, configure a management VLAN ID. Refer to Configuring IDU Management on page 257.

5 For the Active IDU, set Protection Admin to: 1+1 HSB. At this point, management might be lost for approximately 50 seconds.

6 For the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: On. 7 Connect an Ethernet cross cable from the Protection interface of the Active

IDU to the Protection interface of the Standby IDU. 8 Turn on the Standby IDU. 9 Connect a management cable to the management interface of the Standby

IDU. 10 Perform the following configuration steps on the Standby IDU:

i Install the license (if necessary). Refer to Loading a License Key on page 244.

ii Upgrade the software (if necessary). Refer to Upgrading the IDU Software on page 237.

iii Configure the security settings. Refer to 1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

Page 286: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 286 of 353

2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.

3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:

Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.

Server Files Location Path - //

File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).

User name - anonymous

Page 287: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 287 of 353

User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.

4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the

Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.

7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-

Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the

path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to

wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file

dmae_tech.log is here.

Configuring the Security Settings on page 247. iv Configure the Ethernet Application Type to the same Switching mode

as the Active IDU. Possible values are Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro switch. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.

v If you are using Metro Switch, set its Ether Type to the same value as the Active unit’s Ether Type. Possible values are: 0x88a8, 0x8100, 0x9100 and 0x9200.

vi Configure the Standby IDU to the same Management Type as the Active IDU (Out-of-Band or In-Band). If you use In-Band management, configure a management VLAN ID. Refer to Configuring IDU Management on page 257.

11 For the Standby IDU, set Protection Admin to: 1+1 HSB. At this point, both units should start communicating, transmitting their local MAC & IP addresses to each other.

12 To verify communication between the two IDUs, check on both IDUs that there is no Mate Communication Failure alarm. If this alarm is active on either IDU, installation of 1+1 HSB Protection has failed.

13 The management cable can be disconnected from the Standby IDU. Use a Y splitter cable or the Protection Panel to connect both units’ management interfaces.

Page 288: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 288 of 353

14 Check if there is a Configuration Mismatch alarm on either IDU. This alarm indicates that the IDUs do not have an identical configuration. If a Configuration Mismatch alarm is raised:

i Enter a Copy to Mate command on the Active IDU. This copies the configuration of the Active IDU to the Standby IDU.

ii Perform a Cold Reset on the Standby IDU. When the Standby IDU comes back online, its configuration should be identical to that of the Active IDU, and the Configuration Mismatch alarm should be cleared on both IDUs.

15 Connect all traffic, radio, wayside cables to both units (via protection panel, or via splitters).

16 Configure the Ethernet and E1/DS1 interfaces to Enable. 17 Perform a Copy to Mate operation to ensure that both IDUs remain

synchronized:

i Enter a Copy to Mate command on the Active IDU. This copies the configuration of the Active IDU to the Standby IDU.

ii Perform a Cold Reset on the Standby IDU. When the Standby IDU comes back online, its configuration should be identical to that of the Active IDU, and the Configuration Mismatch alarm should be cleared on both IDUs.

18 Disable “Protection Lockout” and verify that there are no alarms on either IDU.

19 Verify that the IDU connected to the RFU fed by the lower attenuation channel of the RF coupler is in Active mode. If this IDU is in Standby mode, enter a Manual Switch command.

Note: The same procedure should be performed on the remote end while installing the radio.

16.1.2 Replacing the Standby Unit in a 1+1 HSB Standalone System

1 On the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: On. 2 Power down the Standby unit (the unit that needs to be replaced). Do not

power down or perform any other action on the Active" unit, since it might be carrying live traffic.

3 Disconnect all cables from the Standby unit, including management, Ethernet, and radio cables.

4 Remove the powered down unit. 5 Insert the new Standby IDU in place of the old Standby IDU. 6 Connect ONLY the management cable and/or the serial COM to the

Standby unit.

Note: It is important to connect a separate management cable to the Standby IDU, rather than managing it via the Protection Panel or a Y splitter. Radio and other line interfaces should not be connected at this stage.

7 Power on the new Standby unit. 8 Set the IP address and Subnet address of the new Standby IDU. You can do

this via the CLI or the Web-Based EMS.

Page 289: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 289 of 353

9 Configure the new Standby IDU as follows:

i Install the license (if necessary). Refer to Loading a License Key on page 244.

ii Upgrade to the software of the new Standby unit to match the software version of the Active unit. Refer to Upgrading the IDU Software on page 237.

iii Configure the security settings. Refer to 1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

Page 290: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 290 of 353

2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.

3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:

Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.

Server Files Location Path - //

File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).

User name - anonymous

User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.

4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the

Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.

7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-

Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the

path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to

wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file

dmae_tech.log is here.

Configuring the Security Settings on page 247.

Page 291: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 291 of 353

iv Configure the Ethernet Application Type to the same Switching mode as the Active IDU. Possible values are Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro switch. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.

v If you are using Metro Switch, set its Ether Type to the same value as the Active unit’s Ether Type. Possible values are: 0x88a8, 0x8100, 0x9100 and 0x9200.

10 Configure the Standby IDU to the same Management Type as the Active IDU (Out-of-Band or In-Band). If you use In-Band management, configure a management VLAN ID. Refer to Configuring IDU Management on page 257.

11 Connect a Protection cable from the Protection interface of the Active IDU to the Protection interface of the Standby IDU.

12 For the Standby IDU, set Protection Admin to: 1+1 HSB. At this point, both IDUs should start communicating, transmitting their local MAC address and IP address to each other.

13 To verify communication between the two IDUs, check on both IDUs that there is no Mate Communication Failure alarm. If this alarm is active on either IDU, installation of 1+1 HSB Protection has failed. Disconnect the management cable from the new Standby unit.

14 Use a Y Ethernet splitter cable or the Protection Panel to connect both units’ management interfaces.

15 Verify that the new Standby IDU is set to Standby mode. 16 Connect all traffic, RFU and WSC cables to the new Standby IDU. 17 Check if there is a Configuration Mismatch alarm on either IDU. This alarm

indicates that the IDUs do not have an identical configuration. To remedy this:

i Enter a Copy to Mate command on the Active IDU. This copies the configuration of the Active IDU to the Standby IDU.

ii Perform a Cold Reset on the Standby IDU. When the Standby IDU comes back online, its configuration should be identical to that of the Active IDU, and the Configuration Mismatch alarm should be cleared on both IDUs.

18 Verify that there are no alarms on either IDU. 19 For the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: Off.

16.1.3 Configuring 1+1 HSB Protection in a New Nodal System

1 Disconnect all cables from units (radio, traffic, wayside, and protection), except for management cable.

2 Turn on the Active IDU. 3 Connect a management cable to the management interface of the Active

IDU, or via terminal configure the IDU Connect a management cable to the management interface of the Active IDU, or configure the IDU via a terminal.

4 Perform the following configuration steps on the Active IDU:

i Install the license (if necessary). Refer to Loading a License Key on page 244.

ii Upgrade the software (if necessary). Refer to Upgrading the IDU Software on page 237.

Page 292: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 292 of 353

iii Configure the radio parameters. Refer to Configuring the Radio Parameters on page 268.

iv Configure the security settings. Refer to 1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.

Page 293: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 293 of 353

3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:

Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.

Server Files Location Path - //

File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).

User name - anonymous

User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.

4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the

Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.

7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-

Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the

path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to

wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file

dmae_tech.log is here.

Configuring the Security Settings on page 247. v Configure the Ethernet Application Type to set the Switching mode.

Possible values are Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro switch. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.

vi Configure the required Management Type (Out-of-Band or In-Band). If In-Band management is used, configure a management VLAN ID. Refer to Configuring IDU Management on page 257.

5 For the Active IDU, set Protection Admin to: 1+1 HSB. At this point, management might be lost for approximately 50 seconds.

6 For the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: On.

Note: Do not insert the Standby unit into its slot or turn its power on at this point.

7 Connect a management cable to the management interface of the Standby IDU.

8 Perform the following configuration steps on the Standby IDU:

i Install the license (if necessary). Refer to Loading a License Key on page 244.

Page 294: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 294 of 353

ii Upgrade the software (if necessary). Refer to Upgrading the IDU Software on page 237.

iii Configure the security settings. Refer to 1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.

Page 295: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 295 of 353

3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:

Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.

Server Files Location Path - //

File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).

User name - anonymous

User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.

4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the

Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.

7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-

Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the

path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to

wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file

dmae_tech.log is here.

Configuring the Security Settings on page 247. iv Configure the Ethernet Application Type to the same Switching mode

as the Active IDU. Possible values are Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro switch. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.

v Configure the Management Type to the same Management Type as the Active IDU (Out-of-Band or In-Band). If In-Band is used, configure a management VLAN ID. Refer to Configuring IDU Management on page 257.

9 For the Standby IDU, set Protection Admin to: 1+1 HSB. 10 Turn off the power of the Standby IDU. 11 Insert the Standby IDU into its slot in the nodal enclosure. 12 Turn the power of the Standby IDU on. At this point, both IDUs should start

communicating, transmitting their local MAC address and IP address to each other.

13 To verify communication between the two IDUs, check on both IDUs that there is no Mate Communication Failure alarm. If this alarm is active on either IDU, installation of 1+1 HSB Protection has failed.

Page 296: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 296 of 353

14 The management cable can be disconnected from the Standby IDU. Use a Y splitter cable or the Protection Panel to connect both units’ management interfaces.

15 Check if there is a Configuration Mismatch alarm on either IDU. This alarm indicates that the IDUs do not have an identical configuration. To remedy this:

i Enter a Copy to Mate command on the Active IDU. This copies the configuration of the Active IDU to the Standby IDU.

ii Perform a Cold Reset on the Standby IDU. When the Standby IDU comes back online, its configuration should be identical to that of the Active IDU, and the Configuration Mismatch alarm should be cleared on both IDUs.

16 Connect all traffic, radio, wayside cables to both units via the Protection Panel, or via splitters.

17 Set the Ethernet and E1/DS1 interfaces to Enable. 18 Perform an additional Copy-to-Mate operation to ensure that both IDUs

remain synchronized:

i Enter a Copy to Mate command on the Active IDU. This copies the configuration of the Active IDU to the Standby IDU.

ii Perform a Cold Reset on the Standby IDU. When the Standby IDU comes back online, its configuration should be identical to that of the Active IDU, and the Configuration Mismatch alarm should be cleared on both IDUs.

19 For the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: Off. 20 Verify that there are no alarms on either IDU. 21 Verify that the IDU connected to the RFU fed by the lower attenuation

channel of the RF coupler is in Active mode. If this IDU is in Standby mode, enter a Manual Switch command.

Note: The same procedure should be performed in the remote end, while installing the radio.

16.1.4 Replacing the Standby Unit in a 1+1 HSB Nodal System

1 On the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: On. 2 Power down the Standby unit (the unit that needs to be replaced).

Note: Make sure not to power-down or otherwise re-configure the Active unit, to ensure that live traffic is not interrupted.

3 Disconnect all cables from stand-by unit, including management, Ethernet and radio cables.

4 Remove the Standby IDU. 5 Turn on the power on the new Standby IDU, but DO NOT insert it into the

nodal enclosure at this point.. 6 Connect ONLY the management cable and/or serial COM to the new

Standby IDU. Connect ONLY management cable and/or serial COM (craft terminal) to the new Standby IDU.

Note: It is important to connect a separate management cable to the Standby IDU, rather than managing it via the Protection Panel or a Y splitter. Radio and other line interfaces should

Page 297: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 297 of 353

not be connected at this stage. Set the IP address and Subnet address of the new Standby IDU using the CLI or Web-Based EMS.

7 Perform the following configuration steps on the Standby IDU:

i Install the license (if necessary). Refer to Loading a License Key on page 244.

ii Upgrade the software version of the Standby IDU to the same version used in the Active IDU. Refer to Upgrading the IDU Software on page 237.

iii Configure the security settings. Refer to 1 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in the Web-Based EMS, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

Page 298: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 298 of 353

2 Click FTP Parameters. The FTP Parameters page is displayed.

3 In the FTP Parameters page, enter the following parameters:

Server IP Address – The IP address of your PC or laptop.

Server Files Location Path - //

File Transfer protocol – Select the protocol you want to use (FTP or SFTP).

User name - anonymous

User Password – Enter your Windows User Name for your PC or laptop.

4 Click Apply. The FTP Parameters page closes. 5 Launch FileZilla FTP Server and make sure it’s running. 6 In the Configuration Management page of the Web-Based EMS, go to the

Unit Information section and click Create Archive. You will be disconnected from the IDU.

7 Re-Connect to the IDU. 8 From the menu bar on the left side of the main management page in Web-

Based Management, select Diagnostics & Maintenance > Configuration Management. The Configuration Management page is displayed.

9 In the Unit Information section, click Upload Archive. 10 Monitor the FTP server screen and verify that all the files were sent to the

path you have specified in Configuring the FTP Server Software. 11 In the selected directory, find the file xxx xxx.tar.tz and extract it to

wherever you choose. 12 After extracting the file, go to /Var/Lib/Aidc and verify that the file

dmae_tech.log is here.

Configuring the Security Settings on page 247.

Page 299: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 299 of 353

iv Configure the Ethernet Application Type to the same Switching mode as the Active IDU. Possible values are Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, and Metro switch. Refer to Configuring the Ethernet Switching Mode on page 276.

v Configure the Standby IDU to the same Management Type as the Active IDU (Out-of-Band or In-Band”). If In-Band management is used, configure a management VLAN ID. Refer to Configuring IDU Management on page 257.

vi For the Standby IDU, set Protection Admin to: 1+1 HSB.

8 Turn OFF the power of the new Standby IDU. 9 Insert the Standby IDU into its slot in the nodal enclosure. 10 Turn the power of the Standby IDU on. At this point, both IDUs should start

communicating, transmitting their local MAC address and IP address to each other.

11 To verify communication between the two IDUs, check on both IDUs that there is no Mate Communication Failure alarm. If this alarm is active on either IDU, installation of 1+1 HSB Protection has failed.

12 The management cable can be disconnected from the Standby unit. Use a ‘Y’ splitter cable or the Protection Panel to connect both units’ management interfaces.

13 Verify that new Standby IDU is set to Standby mode. 14 Connect all traffic, radio, and WSC cables to the new Standby IDU. 15 Check if there is a Configuration Mismatch alarm on either IDU. This alarm

indicates that the IDUs do not have an identical configuration. To remedy this:

i Enter a Copy to Mate command on the Active IDU. This copies the configuration of the Active IDU to the Standby IDU.

ii Perform a Cold Reset on the Standby IDU. When the Standby IDU comes back online, its configuration should be identical to that of the Active IDU, and the Configuration Mismatch alarm should be cleared on both IDUs.

16 For the Active IDU, set Protection Lockout to: Off.

16.2 Configuring 1+1 Space Diversity (BBS)

Space Diversity is a common way to negate the effects of fading caused by multipath phenomena. By placing two separate antennas at a sufficient distance from one another, it is statistically likely that if one antenna suffers from fading caused by signal reflection, the other antenna will continue to receive a viable signal.

IP-10 offers two methods of Space Diversity:

Baseband Switching (BBS) – Each IDU receives a separate signal from a separate antenna. Each IDU compares each of the received signals, and enables the bitstream coming from the receiver with the best signal. Switchover is errorless (“hitless switching”).

IF Combining (IFC) – Signals from two separate antennas are combined in phase with each other to maximize the signal to noise ratio. IF Combining is performed in the RFU.

Page 300: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 300 of 353

Note: IFC Space Diversity is configured in the RFU, and requires a 1500HP RFU.

For BBS Space Diversity, the antennas must be separated by approximately 10 to 20 meters. Any RFU type supported by IP-10 can be used in a BBS Space Diversity configuration. Refer to RFU Selection Guide on page 29.

To enable BBS Space Diversity, the following features must be enabled for both IDUs:

Protection 1+1

Space Diversity

Note: BBS Space Diversity cannot be used together with Multi-Radio or Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM).

16.3 Configuring 1+1 Frequency Diversity (BBS)

Like Space Diversity, Frequency Diversity is a common way to negate the effects of fading caused by multipath phenomena. Frequency Diversity is implemented by configuring two RFUs to separate frequencies. The IDU selects and transmits the better signal. In the event of IDU failure, Frequency Diversity is lost until recovery, but the system remains protected through the ordinary switchover mechanism.

IP-10 implements Frequency Diversity via Baseband Switching (BBS).Each IDU receives a separate signal from a separate antenna. Each IDU compares each of the received signals, and enables the bitstream coming from the receiver with the best signal. Switchover is errorless (“hitless switching”).

BBS Frequency Diversity requires a 1+1 configuration in which there are two IDUs and two RFUs protecting each other at both ends of the link. Frequency Diversity is supported by the 1500HP and the RFU-HP RFUs. Each RFU in a Frequency Diversity node is configured to a different frequency.

To enable BBS Frequency Diversity, the following features must be enabled for both IDUs:

Protection 1+1

Frequency Diversity

In frequency diversity, ATPC and Green mode can be enabled on each RFU independently. You can enable and disable ATPC and Green mode, and can set thresholds on each IDU independently. Since radio channel fading may have a different impact on each frequency, it is recommended to allocate different fade margins for each frequency.

Note: BBS Frequency Diversity cannot be used together with Multi-Radio or Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM).

Page 301: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 301 of 353

16.4 Configuring 2+0

You can set up an IP-10 system in a 2+0 configuration. A 2+0 system enables you to use Cross Polarization Interference Canceller (XPIC), Multi-Radio, or both. For more information, refer to Configuring XPIC on page 304 and Configuring Multi Radio on page 307.

In a 2+0 configuration, each RFU is connected to an IDU via the IDU’s RFU interface.

Page 302: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 302 of 353

16.5 Configuring 2+2 HSB

A 2+2 protection scheme must be implemented by means of a nodal configuration. A 2+2 configuration consists of two pairs of IP-10 IDUs, each inserted in its own main nodal enclosure, with a protection cable to connect the main IDUs in each node. Protection is performed between the pairs. At any given time, one pair is Active and the other is Standby. The Active IDUs transmit to the line and radio, and the standby outputs of the IDUs are set to mute.

A 2+2 scheme is only possible between units in the main nodal enclosure. Extension nodal enclosures (slots 3 through 6) cannot be used in a 2+2 configuration.

In order to deploy a 2+2 configuration, insert the two IDU pairs into separate main nodal enclosures, and connect a protection (RJ-45) cable between the lower IDUs (slot #1) using the protection connector on the front panel. Fast Ethernet, TDM, and optical SFPs must be split between both lower units and between both upper units.

There are three configuration options: protection disabled, 1+1 protection, and 2+2 protection. The configuration is separate in each of the four IDUs, and you must configure 2+2 in all four IDUs.

In a 2+2 configuration, a protection cable must be connected between the two nodes via the Protection interface (RJ45).

All four IDUs in a 2+2 configuration must be the same hardware type (part number) and must be configured to 2+2 protection mode. In addition, both master IDUs need to comply with the following requirements (as in a 1+1 configuration):

Same Ethernet switch application (Smart Pipe, Managed Switch, or Metro Switch).

Same management type (In-Band or Out-of-Band).

Same In-Band VLAN. This VLAN may not be used for traffic.

Different IP addresses within the same subnet.

2+2 external protection can work with or without XPIC, and with or without Multi-Radio. For more information, refer to Configuring XPIC on page 304 and Configuring Multi Radio on page 307. In particular, in this case, all four IDUs must be configured with the same script. Note that changing the script and radio frequencies in the lower IDU will be copied automatically to the upper IDU.

Page 303: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 303 of 353

The following illustration is a block diagram of 2+2 with XPIC and Multi-Radio.

Block Diagram of 2+2 Configuration with XPIC and MR

Units exchanging

protection data

(one is decision, one is

report)

Switching

matrix

Switching

matrix

2+0

pair

(whole pair is active

or stand-by)

MASTER

SLAVE

2+0

pair

(whole pair is active

or stand-by)

XPIC interface

Traffic interfaces

external protection

interface

MGT interfaces

Shelf 1

Shelf 2

f1H-Pol

f1V-Pol

f2H-Pol

f2V-Pol

modem

modem

Ethernet

TDM

TDM

Ethernet

TDM

TDM

Switching

matrix

Switching

matrix

MASTER

SLAVE

modem

modem

Page 304: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 304 of 353

16.6 Configuring XPIC

Cross Polarization Interference Canceller (XPIC) is a feature that enables two radio carriers to use the same frequency with a polarity separation between them. Since they will never be completely orthogonal, some signal cancelation is required.

In addition, XPIC includes an automatic recovery mechanism that ensures that if one carrier fails, or a false signal is received, the mate carrier will not be affected. This mechanism also assures that when the failure is cleared both carriers will be operational.

XPIC can be used in a 2+0 or 2+2 configuration. XPIC can be, but does not have to be, used in conjunction with Multi-Radio. Refer to Configuring Multi Radio on page 307.

16.6.1 Conditions for XPIC

XPIC is achieved using two IDUs inserted in a main nodal enclosure. One IDU is used for the horizontal polarization and the other is used for the vertical polarization.

XPIC IDUs can be placed inside a main node or extension node in any of the following slots: 1 and 2 (main node), 3 and 4 (extension node), and 5 and 6 (second extension node). Slot 1 is the bottom slot in the main node. The data of each polarization is marked by a different value, so the modem cannot lock on the signal of the mate polarization.

When installing an XPIC system, each IDU and each RFU must be the same hardware type. In addition, each IDU on both sides of the link must be set to the same frequency. An appropriate alarm is raised if these requirements are not met.

In order to activate XPIC, an XPIC script should be selected during initial configuration. The same script must be used in all the IDUs on both sides of the link.

After changing a script, the IDU must be reset.

16.6.2 Antenna and RFU Installation

1 Install the dual polarization antenna and point it in the direction of the other site.

2 The antennas should be aligned in order to achieve the highest XPI (in absolute value) during installation, and no less than 25dB. Refer to Displaying XPI Values on page 305.

3 Install the two RFUs on a dual polarization antenna using the appropriate mounting kit, and mark the RFUs with V and H respectively.

Page 305: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 305 of 353

16.6.2.1 IDU-RFU Cable Installation

1 Install two cables between the RFUs and the IDU. Note that cable length difference should not exceed 10 meters.

2 Mark the cables with V and H respectively, and make sure V is connected to the upper IDU and H is connected to the lower IDU. Mark both IDUs respectively.

3 Ceragon indicate that the Lower IP-10 (and in case of enclosure the Bottom slot) as the V and the upper as the H.

16.6.2.2 Antenna Alignment

1 Power up the lower IDU (V) on both ends of the link and configure it to the desired frequency channel, and using the XPIC script with the maximum power.

2 Align the antennas, one at a time, until the expected RSL is achieved. Make sure the RSL achieved is no more than +/-2 dB from the expected level.

16.6.2.3 Polarization Alignment

Polarization alignment is required to verify that the antenna feeds are adjusted, ensuring that the antenna XPD (Cross Polarization Discrimination) is achieved.

Polarization adjustment should only be performed on one antenna.

1 Disconnect the V cable from the V RFU and connect it to the H RFU. 2 Check the RSL achieved in the H RFU and compare it to the RSL achieved

by the V RFU. 3 Verify that the XPI (Cross Polarization Interference) is at least 25dB

where:

sites.both at used onspolarizati orthogonal with RSLLink RSL

sites.both at usedon polarizati same with theRSLLink RSL

XPOL

POL

XPOLPOL RSLRSLXPI

4 If the XPI is less than 25dB, adjust the feed polarization by opening the polarization screw and gently rotating the feed to minimize the RSLXPOL.

Note that polarization alignment is not always possible since the RSLXPOL might fall below the sensitivity threshold of the RFU.

16.6.3 Displaying XPI Values

The current XPI value can be displayed in the Web-Based Management application and the CLI (the value is valid only when the modem is locked on a signal).

Using CLI, enter the command xpi.

Using Web-Based Management:

To view the current XPI value, select Configuration > Radio > Radio Parameters from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page.

Page 306: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 306 of 353

To view XPI performance for intervals of 15 minutes or daily, select PM & Counters > Radio > XPI from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page. The XPI Performance window is displayed.

XPI Performance Window

Page 307: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 307 of 353

16.7 Configuring Multi Radio

Multi-Radio transmits up to 1 Gb of Ethernet traffic using two radio links. It does this by dividing an Ethernet stream into two streams and assembling these streams back into a single stream at the remote site. The splitting of Ethernet data takes place on the byte level, which is optimal in terms of capacity compared, for instance, to splitting at the packet level. In ACM mode, traffic is split optimally between the two channels based on the current rate of each channel.

Multi-Radio can be used in 2+0 and 2+2 configurations. In a 2+0 Multi-Radio configuration, the IDUs perform in master and slave mode in which each Multi-Radio channel can carry up to 500 Mbps, resulting in a total 1 Gbps capacity.

Another Multi-Radio option is 2+0 with Line Protection. 2+0 Multi-Radio with line protection supplies additional protection for the line interfaces, guaranteeing no single point of failure. In case of failure of any line interface, a protection switch is initiated.

Note: 2+0 Multi-Radio with Line Protection cannot be used with other protection configurations (1+1 HSB and 2+2 HSB).

Because the Multi Radio interface uses the nodal backplane, a nodal configuration is required for Multi Radio. Like XPIC, IDUs in Multi-Radio mode can be placed inside a main node or extension node in any of the following slots: 1 and 2 (main node), 3 and 4 (extension node), and 5 and 6 (second extension node). Slot 1 is the bottom slot in the main node.

Ethernet traffic should be connected only to the lower IDU in a Multi-Radio couple (slots 1, 3, or 5). TDM traffic can be connected to either slot.

Multi Radio can operate with both XPIC and ACM, and with any switching mode:

Smart Pipe

Managed Switch

Metro Switch

Note: Multi-Radio cannot be used together with BBS Space Diversity and Frequency Diversity.

In Multi-Radio mode, traffic is divided among the two carriers optimally at the radio frame level without requiring Ethernet Link Aggregation, and is not dependent on the number of MAC addresses, the number of traffic flows or on their momentary traffic capacity. During fading events which cause ACM modulation changes, each carrier fluctuates independently with hitless switchovers between modulations, increasing capacity over a given bandwidth and maximizing spectrum utilization.

The result is 100% utilization of radio resources in which the Multi-Radio traffic load is balanced based on the immediate radio capacity per carrier.

In the event that one channel goes down due to a fault or a fade condition, the system automatically switches to work with the remaining channel using a graceful degradation mechanism.

Page 308: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 308 of 353

Multi Radio requires that every IDU in the system be configured with Multi Radio Enabled. Each unit must also use the same script and the same hardware version.

In the case of Multi-Radio 2+0 with line protection every IDU in the system must be configured with 2+0 with line protection enabled. As with ordinary Multi-Radio, each unit must use the same script and the same hardware version.

16.8 Changing from 1+1 to 2+2

In order to change the configuration from 1+1 to 2+2 (and vice versa), the system must go through “protection disabled” mode. To switch between configurations, consult the following table:

From\To Disable 1+1 2+2

Disable No reset Slot#1 no reset

Slot#2 reset No reset

1+1 Slot#1 no reset

Slot#2 reset No reset Blocked

2+2 No reset Blocked No reset

The following procedures should be performed when changing units in a 2+2 node:

16.8.1 Replacing Slave Units (Extensions)

1 Set the master IDU in the Active pair to protection lockout:

Using Web-Based Management, from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page, select Configuration > Protection > Protection Parameters, and in the Protection Lockout field, select On from the drop-down list.

Using CLI, enter the protection-lockout command.

Page 309: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 309 of 353

2 Insert the new IDU. 3 Power up the new IDU.

4 Enable protection 2+2 HSB:

Using Web-Based Management, from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page, select Configuration > Protection > Protection Parameters, and in the Protection admin field, select 2+2 hsb from the drop-down list.

5 Copy to Mate:

Using Web-Based Management, from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page, select Configuration > Protection > Protection Parameters, and in the Protection admin field, click Copy to Mate from the drop-down list.

6 Connect the RFU to the new IDU.

16.8.2 Replacing a Standby Master Unit

1 Set the master IDU in the Active pair to protection lockout:

Using Web-Based Management, from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page, select Configuration > Protection > Protection Parameters, and in the Protection Lockout field, select On from the drop-down list.

2 Set the new IDC card in SA mode to default. 3 Reset.

4 Configure the same management type (in/out of band), management VLAN, and Ethernet application.

5 Insert the replacement IDU. 6 Power up the new IDU.

7 Connect the protection cable to the new IDU.

Page 310: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 310 of 353

8 Enable protection 2+2 HSB:

Using Web-Based Management, from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page, select Configuration > Protection > Protection Parameters, and in the Protection admin field, select 2+2 hsb from the drop-down list.

9 Copy to Mate:

Using Web-Based Management, from the menu bar on the left side of the main management page, select Configuration > Protection > Protection Parameters, and in the Protection admin field, click Copy to Mate from the drop-down list.

10 Connect the RFU to the new IDU.

Note that the force switch and protection lockout commands are performed in the master IDUs only. Copy to mate commands are available in master and slave IDUs separately.

16.9 Configuring Multi-Unit LAG

Multi Unit LAG provides Ethernet line protection for the Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) electrical and optical interfaces.

Multi-Unit LAG is supported with any of the following protection features:

1+1 HSB

1+1 Space or Frequency Diversity

2+2 HSB

2+0 Multi Radio with line protection

Multi-Unit LAG is only supported in Single Pipe mode.

Multi-Unit LAG is supported in both standalone and nodal configurations.

Multi-Unit LAG supports both electrical and optical interfaces.

In Multi-Unit LAG, an external switch is connected to the HSB protected IP-10 link by means of two static Link Aggregation (LAG) ports. The external switch can be another IP-10 IDU or any third party equipment that supports static LAG protocol.

Page 311: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 311 of 353

External

switch

Ethernet port 1

Ethernet port 2

(mirroring)

active

standbyLAG

Ethernet port 2

(mirroring)Ethernet port 1

The first LAG port of the external switch is connected to Ethernet port 1 of the active IP-10 unit and the second LAG port is connected to Ethernet port 1 of the standby IP-10 unit. Ethernet port 2 of the active IP-10 unit is connected to Ethernet port 2 of the standby IP-10 unit, as shown in the above figure. This port (port 2) is used for traffic mirroring, as described below.

In the uplink direction (toward the radio), the external switch splits the packets between the two LAG interfaces, which are connected to the active and standby IP-10 units. Ethernet packets received from the LAG interface in the active IP-10 unit are sent to the radio. Ethernet packets received from the LAG interface in the standby IP-10 unit are mirrored to the active IP-10 unit on port 2. The active unit receives these packets from port 2 and sends them to the radio.

In the downlink (from the radio), the active IP-10 unit receives Ethernet packets from the radio and forwards all of the packets to the External Switch through port 1.

To configure Multi-Unit LAG:

1 Enable protection. Each of the IP-10G protection features can work with Multi-Unit LAG.

2 Enable static LAG on the External switch. 3 Connect the External switch LAG interfaces to port 1 of the active and

standby IP-10 units respectively. 4 Connect Ethernet port 2 of the active IP-10 unit to the Ethernet port 2 of

the standby IP-10 unit. 5 Enable Multi-Unit LAG in the active IP-10 unit. Upon enabling, each IDU

will perform the following configurations automatically in both active and standby units:

Enable port 2.

Set a LAG on port 1 and port 2.

Enable mirroring.

6 Upon disabling Multi-Unit LAG, the configuration implemented in Step ‎0 will be disabled automatically.

Page 312: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 312 of 353

In 2+2 HSB configuration, Multi-Unit LAG can be activated between slot 1 of the active nodal enclosure and slot 1 of the standby nodal enclosure and/or between slot 2 of the active nodal enclosure and slot 2 of the standby nodal enclosure, respectively.

Notes: As a constraint of the LAG protocol, port 1 and port 2 must have the same type of physical interface (e.g., both optical or both electrical).

To improve protection switchover delays, it is recommended to disable auto-negotiation and automatic state propagation on all the interfaces.

Page 313: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 313 of 353

17. Acceptance and Commissioning Procedures

This section provides Ceragon's recommended Acceptance and Commissioning Procedure for a FibeAir IP-10 system. Acceptance and commissioning should be performed after initial setup is complete.

The purpose of this procedure is to verify correct installation and operation of the installed link and the interoperability with customer end equipment.

Ceragon's Acceptance and Commissioning procedure includes the following stages:

Site Acceptance Procedure

Commissioning of radio link in a 1+0 configuration

Commissioning of radio link in a 1+1 configuration

Commissioning of radio link in a 2+0 or 2+2 XPIC configuration

The Site Acceptance Procedure is a checklist that summarizes the installation requirements of the site at which the products were installed.

The commissioning tests cover the required configuration information that should be recorded, and the tests that should be performed on the radio link in 1+0, 1+1, and 2+0 configurations.

Page 314: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 314 of 353

17.1 Site Acceptance Procedure

The purpose of the following procedures is to verify that all installation requirements were noted and checked. Following this procedure will ensure proper, long-lasting, and safe operation of the product.

The checklist below summarizes the installation requirements of the site.

SITE ACCEPTANCE CHECKLIST

1. SITE INFORMATION

Customer:

Radio model:

Site name:

Site code:

Radio link code:

Site address:

2. ANTENNA MOUNTING

Antenna mount type:

Mount is of sufficient height to clear local obstructions OK

Mount is safely positioned to not cause a safety hazard OK

Mount is secure and perpendicular OK

Mount is grounded as per site specifications OK

All steelwork is Galvanized or Stainless Steel as appropriate OK

3. ANTENNA

Antenna type (model and size):

Antenna is securely fixed to mount OK

Antenna is grounded as per site specifications OK

Antenna sway braces are installed correctly (where applicable)

OK

Antenna Radome is securely fitted (where applicable) OK

Water drain plugs are fitted and removed, as appropriate OK

Antenna sealing O-Ring is properly fitted and not damaged OK

Antenna/Launch unit polarization is as per link requirements OK

Page 315: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 315 of 353

SITE ACCEPTANCE CHECKLIST (continued)

4. Radio Frequency Unit (RFU)

Type of RFU mount: (Direct or Remote mount)

RFU is securely mounted to the antenna or pole OK

RFU is grounded as per installation instructions OK

RFU‘s polarization is as per link requirements OK

RFU is installed properly and has no physical damage OK

For Remote-Mount Only:

Remote mount kit is securely mounted to the pole OK

Flexible waveguide has no physical damage and connectors are sealed

OK

All flexible waveguide bolts are secured using washers and lock-washers, as appropriate

OK

Flexible waveguide is secured to the pole OK

6. COAX CABLE

Overall cable length:

Cable type:

N-Type connectors assembled properly on the cable OK

Cable connected securely to RFU and IDU OK

Cable connector is weather-proofed (sealed) at the RFU OK

At the RFU, cable has a service/drip loop to prevent moisture from entering the connector

OK

Cable is secured using suitable restraints to fixed points at regular intervals (0.5 m recommended)

OK

Cable has no sharp bends, kinks, or crushed areas. All bends are per manufacturer specifications

OK

Grounding/lightning protection is as per site specifications OK

Lightning protection type and model:

Cable point-of-entry to building/shelter is weather-proof OK

Cable ends are properly labeled OK

Page 316: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 316 of 353

SITE ACCEPTANCE CHECKLIST (continued)

7. FLEXIBLE WAVEGUIDE

Overall flexible WG length:

Flexible WG type:

Flexible WG is connected securely to RFU and Antenna OK

Flexible WG connector is weather-proofed (sealed) at the RFU

OK

At the RFU, the flexible WG has a service/drip loop to prevent moisture from entering the connector

OK

Flexible WG is secured using suitable restraints to fixed points at regular intervals (0.5 m recommended)

OK

Flexible WG has no sharp bends, kinks, or crushed areas. All bends are per manufacturer specifications

OK

Flexible WG point-of-entry to building/shelter is weather-proof

OK

Flexible WG ends are properly labeled OK

8. INDOOR UNIT (IDU)

IDU is securely mounted to the rack OK

IDU is located in a properly ventilated environment OK

IDU fans are functional and air flow to the fans is not disrupted

OK

IDU and rack are grounded as per site specifications OK

Traffic cables and connections are properly terminated as per manufacturer/cable instructions

OK

All cabling is secured, tidy, and visibly labeled OK

9. DC POWER SUPPLY

Measured DC voltage input to the IDU: (-40.5 to -60 VDC)

Power-Supply maximum current: (at least 3 Ampere)

Power-Supply is properly grounded OK

DC power backup type:

IDU DC connector is secure and the DC input leads are correctly terminated (no bare wires are visible)

OK

IDU DC connector (+) and (GND) leads are shorted and GND is grounded

OK

10. RACK INSTALLATION

Rack is mounted to the shelter floor with four screws OK

Rack is mounted to the shelter wall with two screws OK

Page 317: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 317 of 353

SITE ACCEPTANCE CHECKLIST (continued)

11. REMARKS/NOTES

12. GENERAL INFORMATION

Site accepted by:

Name:

Title:

Company:

Signature:

Date:

Site approved by:

Name:

Title:

Company:

Signature:

Date:

17.2 Site Acceptance Checklist Notes

The following notes provide important additional information about the Site Acceptance Checklist.

17.2.1 Antenna Mounting

Mounting pole is of sufficient height to clear local obstructions, such as parapets, window cleaning gantries, and lift housings.

Mounting Pole is of sufficient height, and is safely positioned, so as not to cause a safety hazard. No person should be able to walk in front of, or look directly into the path of the microwave radio beam. Where possible, the pole should be away from the edge of the building.

Mounting pole is secure and perpendicular. A pole that is not perpendicular may cause problems during antenna alignment.

Mounting pole is grounded as per site specifications. All operators and site owners have specific requirements regarding the grounding of installations. As a minimum, typical requirements are such that any metal structure must be connected to the existing lightning protection ground of the building. Where it extends beyond the 45 degree cone of protection of existing lightning conductors, additional lightning protectors should be installed.

All steelwork is Galvanized or Stainless Steel, as appropriate to prevent corrosion.

Page 318: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 318 of 353

17.2.2 Antenna

Antenna is grounded as per site specifications. See the third point in the Antenna Mounting section above.

Antenna sway braces are fitted and installed correctly, where applicable. Typically, for an antenna of 1.2 m or larger, an extra sway brace is fitted to the mounting frame of the antenna. This sway brace should not be mounted to the same pole as the antenna, but should be installed directly back to the tower or an alternative point.

Antenna Water Drain Plugs are fitted and removed, where appropriate. Some antennas have moisture drain plugs installed at various points around the antenna. The purpose of these plugs is to allow any moisture that forms on the inside of the antenna or radome to drip out and prevent a pool within the antenna. Only the plugs at the bottom of the antenna, after installation, should be removed. All other plugs should be left in position.

17.2.3 RFU (Radio Frequency Unit)

The RFU is grounded as per installation instructions. See the third point in the Antenna Mounting section above.

The RFU polarization is as per link requirements and matches the polarization of the antenna.

17.3 IDU (Indoor Unit)

The main traffic connections are correctly terminated and crimped as per cable and connector manufacturer instructions. All fiber optic patch leads should be routed carefully and efficiently, using conduits to prevent damage to the cables.

All other user terminations are secure and correctly terminated.

All labeling is complete as per site requirements. Labeling is specific to each customer. At a site with only one installation, labeling may be unnecessary. However, at sites with multiple installations, correct and adequate labeling is essential for future maintenance operations.

Typical labeling requirements include:

Antenna labels - for link identity and bearing

RFU labels - for link identity, frequency, and polarization

Coax cable labels - for link identity, close to the RFU, IDU, and either end of any joint

IDU labels - for link identity

Page 319: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 319 of 353

17.4 1+0 Commissioning Procedure

This section describes the recommended commissioning tests for a FibeAir radio link in a 1+0 configuration.

The purpose of the commissioning tests is to verify correct and proper operation of the product.

17.4.1 Commissioning Test

The following tests should be performed on each installed link.

17.4.1.1 Link Verification

“Radio” LED on the IDM front panel is green, indicating the radio link is up.

Received Signal Level (RSL) is up to +/- 4 dB from the expected (calculated) level at both ends of the link.

Radio Bit Error Rate (BER) is 10E-11 or higher.

If working with ATPC, ATPC is operating as expected (RSL = reference level).

After connecting test equipment or end equipment to the line interfaces, all LEDs on the front panel of the IDM are green.

17.4.1.2 Line Interfaces Test

155 Mbps Interface - connect SDH/SONET/ATM test equipment to the 155 Mbps interface and verify error-free operation for at least 1 hour. Use a physical or software loop at the far end.

50/100/200 Mbps, GbE Interface - connect a Packet Analyzer to the Fast Ethernet interface and verify error-free operation (no packet loss) for at least 1 hour. Use a physical loop at the far end.

45 Mbps Interface - connect PDH test equipment to the DS3 interface and verify error-free operation for at least 1 hour. Use a physical or software loop at the far end.

2 Mbps/1.5 Mbps - connect PDH test equipment to the E1/DS1 interface and verify error-free operation for at least 1 hour. Use a physical or software loop at the far end.

17.4.1.3 Interoperability Verification

Connect customer end equipment to the line interfaces, and verify correct operation.

Further interoperability tests should be performed in accordance with the specific requirements of the connected end equipment.

Page 320: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 320 of 353

17.4.1.4 Management Verification

Install CeraView element manager software on the PC, and launch the program.

Verify that you can manage the link and that you are able to perform changes to the link configuration (frequency channel, Tx power, system name, time & date, etc.) via CeraView.

Verify that CeraView reports the correct parameters when performing the above.

Verify that there are no active alarms on the link.

If the management station is located at a remote site (Network Operation Center), verify that the management station can manage the link and receive traps.

17.4.1.5 Loopback Operation

Perform line loopback, IDU loopback, RFU loopback, and Remote loopback, and verify that the system operates accordingly.

Page 321: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 321 of 353

17.5 1+1 Commissioning Procedure

This section describes the recommended commissioning tests for a FibeAir radio link in 1+1 HSB (Hot Standby) configurations (internal protection).

The purpose of the commissioning tests is to verify correct and proper operation of the product.

Note that in this section:

Primary refers to the RFUs connected to the main path of the directional coupler in a 1+1 HSB configuration.

Secondary refers to the RFUs connected to the secondary path of the directional coupler in a 1+1 HSB configuration.

17.5.1 Commissioning Tests

The following tests should be performed on each installed link.

17.5.1.1 Link Verification

The following steps should be repeated for each of the four RFU combinations (Primary-Primary, Primary-Secondary, Secondary-Primary, Secondary-Secondary).

“Radio” LED on the IDM front panel is green, indicating the radio link is up.

Received Signal Level (RSL) is up to +/- 4 dB from the expected (calculated) level at both ends of the link.

Radio Bit Error Rate (BER) is 10E-11 or higher.

If working with ATPC, ATPC is operating as expected (RSL = reference level).

After connecting test equipment or end equipment to the line interfaces, all LEDs on the front panel of the IDM are green.

17.5.1.2 Line Interfaces Test

155 Mbps interface - connect SDH/SONET/ATM test equipment to the 155 Mbps interfaces using splitters, and verify error-free operation for at least 1 hour. Use physical loop between the splitters at the far end.

50/100/200 Mbps, GbE interface - connect a Packet Analyzer to the Fast Ethernet interfaces using an FE splitter, and verify error-free operation (no packet loss) for at least 1 hour. Use a physical loop at the far end.

45 Mbps interface - connect PDH test equipment to the DS3 interfaces using splitters, and verify error-free operation for at least 1 hour. Use a physical loop between the splitters at the far end.

2 Mbps/1.5 Mbps - connect PDH test equipment to the E1/DS1 interfaces using splitters, and verify error-free operation for at least 1 hour. Use a physical loop between the splitters at the far end.

Page 322: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 322 of 353

17.5.1.3 Switching Tests

Define each of the N channels as preferred (one at a time) for errorless switching to the +1 channel. The regular channel supports hitless switching to the +1 channel.

155 Mbps Interface

Connect SDH/SONET/ATM test equipment to the 155 Mbps interfaces using splitters. Use physical loop between the splitters at the far end. Verify that there are no alarms.

Perform the following switching tests from one IDM to the other, and verify the system switches automatically.

Power: power off the Active IDM

Radio: disconnect the coax cable of the Active IDM

Line: disconnect the 155 Mbps line input of the Active IDM

Management: force a switch using CeraView

For diversity configurations, verify that each receiver is receiving its own signal, and then mute the active RFU. Verify that the receiver at the far end still receives from the diversity path. Verify that there are no errors in the test equipment.

50/100/200 Mbps, GbE Interface

Connect a Packet Analyzer to the Fast Ethernet interfaces using splitters. Use a physical loop between the splitters at the far end. Verify no alarms exist.

Perform the following switching tests from one IDM to the other, and verify the system switches automatically.

Power: power off the Active IDM

Radio: disconnect the coax cable of the Active IDM

Management: force a switch using CeraView

45/2/1.5/2 Mbps Interface

Connect PDH test equipment to the interfaces using splitters. Use a physical loop between the splitters at the far end. Verify no alarms exist.

Perform the following switching tests from one IDM to the other, and verify the system switches automatically.

Power: power off the Active IDM

Radio: disconnect the coax cable of the Active IDM

Management: force a switch using CeraView

17.5.1.4 Interoperability Verification

Connect the customer end equipment to the line interfaces and verify correct operation.

Further interoperability tests should be performed in accordance with the specific requirements of the connected end equipment.

Page 323: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 323 of 353

17.5.1.5 Management Verification

Install CeraView element manager software on the PC and launch the program.

Verify that you can manage the link and that you are able to perform changes to the link configuration (frequency channel, Tx power, system name, time & date, etc.) via CeraView.

Verify that CeraView reports the correct parameters when performing the above.

Verify that there are no active alarms on the link.

If the management station is located a t a remote site (Network Operation Center), verify that the management station can manage the link and receive traps.

Page 324: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 324 of 353

17.6 2+0 XPIC Commissioning Procedure

This section describes the recommended commissioning tests for a FibeAir radio link in a 2+0 XPIC Co-Channel-Dual-Polarization configuration.

The purpose of the commissioning tests is to verify correct and proper operation of the product.

Important! Since operation of the XPIC system depends on correct installation, make sure the guidelines for XPIC system installation provided below are followed correctly.

17.6.1 XPIC Commissioning Tests

17.6.1.1 Individual Link Verification

Before operating in XPIC configuration, each of the links (V and H) should be commissioned individually in order to verify its proper operation.

1 Power up the IDU-V only at both ends and verify its frequency channel, modem script, and Tx power configuration.

2 Verify that the RSL is no more than +/-2dB from the expected level. 3 Run a BER stability or Ethernet traffic load test on the link for at least 15

minutes to ensure error-free operation of the link. 4 Power up the IDU-H only at both ends and verify its frequency channel,

modem script, and Tx power configuration. 5 Verify that the RSL is not more than +/-2dB from the expected level. 6 Run a BER stability or Ethernet traffic load test on the link for at least 15

minutes to ensure error-free operation of the link.

17.6.1.2 XPIC Configuration Verification

1 Configure the IP-10G IDU to work in XPIC mode, using the required XPIC script.

2 Verify that the RSL at all four RFUs is no more than +/-2 dB from the expected level.

3 Verify that no alarms are present (if a tributaries line is connected).

17.6.1.3 XPIC Recovery Test

In order to verify XPIC operation, simulate the faults described below.

1 Disconnect the IDU-RFU cable for each of the drawers (one at a time), and verify that the other link is operating.

2 Power down each of the drawers and verify that the other link is working. 3 Swap the V and H cables and check that the relevant alarm is generated. 4 Mute and then un-mute one RFU at a time and verify that the other link is

operating.

Note: In a 2+2 configuration, repeat each step above for each of the four coupled RFUs connected to the two standby IDUs.

Page 325: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 325 of 353

17.6.1.4 XPIC Link Verification

1 Verify that the link is working in XPIC mode (same channel). 2 Connect a traffic analyzer to the Gigabit SFP ports of the IDU at one end of

the link. At the other end of the link, use test equipment to create an Ethernet loop and run a traffic test for at least two hours.

Page 326: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 326 of 353

17.7 FibeAir IP-10 Commissioning Log

The Commissioning Log is an integral part of the commissioning procedure and should be filled in for each installed link.

The Commissioning Log gathers all relevant information regarding the installed link and contains a checklist of all recommended commissioning tests.

Maintaining the Commissioning Log is important for tracking your installations, and to provide essential data for Ceragon Networks.

Upon completing the Commissioning Log, send the log to Ceragon support center at [email protected].

FIBEAIR IP-10 LINK COMMISSIONING LOG

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

Customer:

Radio model:

Configuration:

Radio link code:

Site 1 name & add:

Site 2 name & add:

2. INDOOR UNIT Site 1 Drawers

Right / Left Site 2 Drawers

Right / Left

IDC model:

Wayside channel:

IDC p/n:

IDC s/n:

SW IDC:

Drawer model

Main channel

Drawer p/n

Drawer s/n

FW Mux:

FW Modem:

Cfg Modem:

Page 327: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 327 of 353

FIBEAIR IP-10 LINK COMMISSIONING LOG

(continued)

3. RFU Site 1 Drawers

Right / Left

Site 2 Drawers

Right / Left

RFU model:

RFU p/n:

RFU Main s/n:

SW RFU:

Tx frequency (MHz):

Rx frequency (MHz):

Link ID:

Tx power (dBm):

ATPC on/off:

ATPC ref level:

RFU Polarization:

4. ANTENNA Site 1 Drawers

Right / Left Site 2 Drawers

Right / Left

Antenna model:

Antenna size:

Manufacturer:

Mounting type:

Mounting losses:

5. LINK PARAMETERS Site 1 Drawers

Right / Left Site 2 Drawers

Right / Left

Link distance:

Rain zone:

Expected RSL (dBm):

Expected Diversity RSL (dBm):

RSL Main (dBm):

RSL Diversity (dBm):

Deviation from exp?

RSL ≤4 dB?

Page 328: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 328 of 353

FIBEAIR IP-10 LINK COMMISSIONING LOG

(continued)

6. COMMISSIONING TESTS Site 1 Drawers

Right / Left Site 2 Drawers

Right / Left

Front panel LEDs: All green All green All green All green

Line loopback: Pass Pass Pass Pass

IDU loopback: Pass Pass Pass Pass

RFU loopback: Pass Pass Pass Pass

Radio BER: Pass Pass Pass Pass

Fast Ethernet test: Pass Pass Pass Pass

Gigabit Ethernet test: Pass Pass Pass Pass

Wayside E1 test: Pass Pass Pass Pass

Wayside Eth test: Pass Pass Pass Pass

Switching test: Pass Pass Pass Pass

7. MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION Site 1 Site 2

Eth Main IP address:

Eth Coupled IP address:

Eth IP mask:

Serial IP address:

Serial IP mask:

Default router:

In-band enabled?

Gateway/NE:

In-band channel 1:

In-band channel 2:

Ring IP address:

Ring IP mask:

Network ID:

8. REMARKS/NOTES

Page 329: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 329 of 353

FIBEAIR IP-10 LINK COMMISSIONING LOG

(continued)

9. INSTALLATION INFORMATION

Installed by:

Name:

Company:

Date:

Signature:

Commissioned by:

Name:

Company:

Date:

Signature:

Page 330: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 330 of 353

18. Appendix A: Line Interfaces

This section provides a description of the FibeAir main channel, wayside channel, and order wire channel interfaces.

The interfaces are located on the FibeAir IDU front panel.

The following interface terms should be noted:

For connectors or signals labeled TX, the signals are sent from FibeAir.

For connectors or signals labeled RX, the signals are sent to FibeAir.

18.1 Main Channel Interfaces

Main channel interfaces include the following:

Gigabit Ethernet (Optical)

1000Base-SX (Multi Mode)

Wavelength: 850 nm

Receptacle: MSA compliant, SFP (Small Form Factor

Pluggable Ports)

Connector: LC

Max Segment Length: 220 m (1351 ft), 500 m (1650 ft)

Cable Type: For Max Segment = 220 m: 62.5 µm MMF

For Max Segment= 500 m: 50 µm MMF

1000Base-LX (Single Mode)

Wavelength: 1350 nm

Receptacle: MSA compliant, SFP (Small Form Factor

Pluggable Ports)

Connector: LC

Max Segment Length: 550 m (1805 ft), 5000 m (16404 ft)

Cable Type: For Max Segment = 550 m: 62.5 µm MMF, 50 µm

MMF

For Max Segment = 5000 m: 10 µm SMF

Page 331: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 331 of 353

Gigabit Ethernet / Fast Ethernet (Electrical)

100/1000BaseT (Twisted Pair Cable)

Connector: RJ-45

Max Segment Length: Up to 100 m (328 ft) per IEEE802.3

Cable Type: Compatible with shielded and unshielded twisted

pair category 5 cables.

Supports MDI (Medium Dependent Interface)

Optional 16xE1/DS1

Connector MDR 69-pin

Used with: Twisted pair

Interface Type E1/DS1

Number of ports 16 per unit (optional)

Timing mode: Retimed

Framing Unframed (full transparency)

Coding E1: HDB3

T1: AMI/B8ZS

Range: 5 m

Line Impedance 120 /100 balanced. Optional module for 75

unbalanced

Compatible Standards ITU-T G.703, G.736, G.775, G.823, G.824, G.828,

ITU-T I.432, ETSI ETS 300 147, ETS 300 417,

ANSI T1.105, T1.102-1993, T1.231, Bellcore GR-

253-core, TR-NWT-000499

Page 332: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 332 of 353

18.2 Wayside Channel Interface

The wayside channel is used as an auxiliary audio or data channel.

10/100BaseT (Ethernet)

Connector: Shielded RJ-45

Used with: UTP Cat 5

Protocols supported: Ethernet (10/100BaseT), half or full duplex

Timing mode: Retimed

Range: 100 m

Impedance: 100

18.3 Protection Channel Interface

Protection

Connector: Shielded RJ-45

Used with: UTP Cat 5

Protocols supported: Ethernet (10/100BaseT), half or full duplex

Timing mode: Retimed

Range: 100 m

Impedance: 100

18.4 Management Channel Interface

Out-of-Band Management

Connector: Shielded RJ-45

Used with: UTP Cat 5

Protocols supported: Ethernet (10/100BaseT), half or full duplex

Timing mode: Retimed

Range: 100 m

Impedance: 100

Page 333: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 333 of 353

18.5 Order Wire Channel Interface

The Order Wire is used for audio transmission for testing or maintenance purposes.

The specifications for this channel are as follows:

Termination Type: Headset stereo plug, 2.5 mm

Frequency band (KHz) 0.3-3.4

Input impedance (ohms) ~2000

Output impedance (ohms) 32

18.6 User Channel Interface

The user channel is a CVSD audio channel that delivers 64 Kbps, via an RJ-45 connector.

The interface can be used for one of the following:

Asynchronous RS-232

Asynchronous V-11

Co and Contra Directional

Page 334: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 334 of 353

19. Appendix B: Connector Pin-Outs

This appendix provides pin-outs for FibeAir IDU connectors, including the following:

External Alarms Connector

Protection/Wayside/Management Connector

Power Connector

16 x E1/DS1 Connector

Ethernet 10/100/1000 Connector

Ethernet 10/100 Connector

User Channel Connector

Craft Terminal

19.1 External Alarms Connector Pin-Out

The External Alarms connector is a D-type 9-pin connector.

Note: For a 1+1 configuration, the pins are as listed in the table below. For 1+0, pins 7 and 9 are interchanged.

Pin Signal I/O Color Description

1 EXT_IN5 Input Black External input alarm

#5

2 EXT_IN4 Input Brown External input alarm

#4

3 EXT_IN3 Input Red External input alarm

#3

4 EXT_IN2 Input Orange External input alarm

#2

5 EXT_IN1 Input Yellow External input alarm

#1

6 GND GND Green GND

7 RELAY_1_NO Output Blue Relay #1, normally

open pin

8 RELAY_1_C Output Purple Relay #1, common

pin

9 RELAY_1_NC Output Grey Relay #1, normally

closed pin

Page 335: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 335 of 353

19.2 Protection/Wayside/Management Connector Pin-Out

The Protection/Wayside/Management connector is an RJ-45, 8-pin, female type connector.

RJ-45 Male Connector Pin

Signal

1 Twisted Pair, Out - Tx

2

3 Twisted Pair, In - Rx

6

4 Not Connected

5

7 Not Connected

8

19.3 Power Connector Pin-Out

The power connector pin-out is as follows:

Left Pin (#1) Right Pin (#2)

-48V (return current) 0V

Note that right/left refers to viewing the panel from the front.

Page 336: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 336 of 353

19.4 16 x E1/DS1Connector

The 16 x E1/DS1 connector is a SCSI 68-pin connector.

Pin # Signal Label on the Twisted Pair

Type

1 OUT - TIP1 Ch1 Tx TWISTED PAIR

35 OUT - RING1

2 OUT - TIP2 Ch2 Tx TWISTED PAIR

36 OUT - RING2

3 OUT - TIP3 Ch3 Tx TWISTED PAIR

37 OUT - RING3

4 OUT - TIP4 Ch4 Tx TWISTED PAIR

38 OUT - RING4

5 OUT - TIP5 Ch5 Tx TWISTED PAIR

39 OUT - RING5

6 OUT - TIP6 Ch6 Tx TWISTED PAIR

40 OUT - RING6

7 OUT - TIP7 Ch7 Tx TWISTED PAIR

41 OUT - RING7

8 OUT - TIP8 Ch8 Tx TWISTED PAIR

42 OUT - RING8

9 OUT - TIP9 Ch9 Tx TWISTED PAIR

43 OUT - RING9

10 OUT - TIP10 Ch10 Tx TWISTED PAIR

44 OUT - RING10

11 OUT - TIP11 Ch11 Tx TWISTED PAIR

45 OUT - RING11

12 OUT - TIP12 Ch12 Tx TWISTED PAIR

46 OUT - RING12

Page 337: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 337 of 353

16 x E1/DS1 Connector (Continued)

Pin # Signal Label on the Twisted Pair

Type

13 OUT - TIP13 Ch13 Tx TWISTED PAIR

47 OUT - RING13

14 OUT - TIP14 Ch14 Tx TWISTED PAIR

48 OUT - RING14

15 OUT - TIP15 Ch15 Tx TWISTED PAIR

49 OUT - RING15

16 OUT - TIP16 Ch16 Tx TWISTED PAIR

50 OUT - RING16

19 IN - TIP1 Ch1 Rx TWISTED PAIR

53 IN - RING1

20 IN - TIP2 Ch2 Rx TWISTED PAIR

54 IN - RING2

21 IN - TIP3 Ch3 Rx TWISTED PAIR

55 IN - RING3

22 IN - TIP4 Ch4 Rx TWISTED PAIR

56 IN - RING4

23 IN - TIP5 Ch5 Rx TWISTED PAIR

57 IN - RING5

24 IN - TIP6 Ch6 Rx TWISTED PAIR

58 IN - RING6

25 IN - TIP7 Ch7 Rx TWISTED PAIR

59 IN - RING7

26 IN - TIP8 Ch8 Rx TWISTED PAIR

60 IN - RING8

27 IN - TIP9 Ch9 Rx TWISTED PAIR

61 IN - RING9

28 IN - TIP10 Ch10 Rx TWISTED PAIR

62 IN - RING10

29 IN - TIP11 Ch11 Rx TWISTED PAIR

63 IN - RING11

Page 338: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 338 of 353

16 x E1/DS1 Connector (Continued)

Pin # Signal Label on the Twisted Pair

Type

30 IN - TIP12 Ch12 Rx TWISTED PAIR

64 IN - RING12

31 IN - TIP13 Ch13 Rx TWISTED PAIR

65 IN - RING13

32 IN - TIP14 Ch14 Rx TWISTED PAIR

66 IN - RING14

33 IN - TIP15 Ch15 Rx TWISTED PAIR

67 IN - RING15

34 IN - TIP16 Ch16 Rx TWISTED PAIR

68 IN - RING16

17 SHELL - SHIELD

18 SHELL - SHIELD

51 SHELL - SHIELD

52 SHELL - SHIELD

19.5 Ethernet 10/100/1000 Connector Pin-Out

The Ethernet 10/100/1000 connector is an RJ-45, 8-pin, female type connector.

RJ-45 Female Connector Pin

Signal

1 Twisted Pair (Tx & Rx)

2

3 Twisted Pair (Tx & Rx)

6

4 Twisted Pair (Tx & Rx)

5

7 Twisted Pair (Tx & Rx)

8

Page 339: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 339 of 353

19.6 Ethernet 10/100 Connector Pin-Out

The Ethernet 10/100 connector is an RJ-45, 8-pin, female type connector.

RJ-45 Female Connector Pin

Signal

1 Twisted Pair, Out - Tx

2

3 Twisted Pair, In - Rx

6

4 Not Connected

5

7 Not Connected

8

19.7 User Channel Connector Pin-Out

The user channel connector is an RJ-45 connector.

Pin Asynchronous RS-232

Asynchronous V11

I/O

1 NC UC_TXD_P Out

2 NC UC_TXD_N Out

3 NC NC NC

4 GND

Signal Ground

GND

Signal Ground COM

5 UC_RS232_TXD

Transmitted Data NC Out

6 UC_RS232_RXD

Received Data NC In

7 NC UC_RXD_P In

8 NC UC_RXD_N In

Page 340: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 340 of 353

19.8 Craft Terminal Connector Pin-Out

The craft terminal connector is a 9-pin RS-232 connector.

Pin # Acronym Full Name Direction Meaning

3 TxD Transmit Data —» Transmits bytes out of PC

2 RxD Receive Data «— Receives bytes into PC

7 RTS Request To Send —» RTS/CTS flow control

8 CTS Clear To Send «— RTS/CTS flow control

6 DSR Data Set Ready «— I'm ready to communicate

4 DTR Data Terminal Ready —» I'm ready to communicate

1 DCD Data Carrier Detect «— Modem connected to another

9 RI Ring Indicator «— Telephone line ringing

5 SG Signal Ground - -

Page 341: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 341 of 353

20. Appendix C: Fan Tray Replacement

If it is necessary to replace the fan tray in the IDU, replace it as follows:

1 Remove the current fan tray by releasing the safety screw and removing the tray.

2 Insert the new fan tray entirely in its place and tighten the safety screw.

Page 342: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 342 of 353

21. Appendix D: CLI Overview

This section provides basic instructions for using the Command Line Interface (CLI).

The CLI is used to perform IP-10 configuration and obtain system statistical and performance information.

Using the CLI, you can perform configuration operations for single IP-10 units, as well as configure several IP-10 units in a single batch command.

For more detailed information about the IP-10 CLI, refer to FibeAir® IP-10G CLI (Command Line Interface) User Guide, DOC-00023199 Rev a.04.

21.1 Access Rights

IP-10 CLI access is granted for the following user groups:

Viewer – This user only has read-only access. The user can only view parameters and their values, not modify them.

Operator – This user has read-write access. The user can read parameters and their values, and modify them. However, this user cannot add or remove other users.

Admin – This user has read-write access. The user can read parameters and their values, modify them, and add/remove other users.

Technician – This user has read-write access to the OS CLI.

User access is controlled by the system Administrator and configured via the Management command group. For further information, refer to Command Groups on page 351.

21.2 Getting Started

To log in to the CLI:

1 Power on your PC. 2 Make sure that your PC is connected to the management port on the front

panel of the IP-10 unit. 3 Open the telnet application, as follows: type telnet <IP address of the

unit>, Enter. 4 For a first-time login, use the following:

User: Admin

Password: Admin

Note: When using the Hyper Terminal, you should set the terminal speed (in your PC terminal configuration) to 155200 kbps. In addition, it is recommended to select the VT-100 terminal type and set the terminal size to 24 rows, 80 columns.

Page 343: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 343 of 353

21.3 Getting Help

Once you are logged in, you can go to a main command group and its sub groups, type the command you want, and press Tab twice for a list of possible parameter values.

In addition, you can type a command and then type a question mark (?) for location-specific information for the command. For example, for the set command, typing set ? and pressing Enter will display a list of optional parameters and a help line.

Wherever you are in the command tree, you can obtain a list of available commands by typing Help or ?.

The commands that are available are different for each location in the CLI tree and the type of user.

21.4 Basic Commands

The following basic commands are available when you first log in, if you belong to the Operator user group:

ls list entities

get get parameter

set set parameter

help help

cd change directory

exit exit CLI

logout logout from CLI

cli-ver cli version

cls clear screen

write write the current switch configuration to the configuration file

show-tree show entity tree

find search for a string in the parameter name and information fields

lsp list entity parameters and commands

In addition, you can use the up/down arrow keys, or the “q” key, when the word “END” appears at the end of the screen.

Page 344: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 344 of 353

21.5 Setting IP Addresses

To define a new IP address, do the following:

1 Log in as follows:

User: Admin or Operator

Password: Admin

2 At the command prompt, type: cd management\networking\ip-address\, and press Enter.

3 Type: get ip-address, and press Enter. 4 This will give you the current IP address. 5 Type: set new_ip_address, and press Enter. 6 For new_ip_address, enter the new address.

21.6 Finding Commands

At any point in the CLI tree, a quick way to find a command is to type find string, and press Enter. For string you can type any word that you think is relevant for a command.

For example, if you type find user, and press Enter, you would get a list of commands relating to "user", as follows:

1) management/mng-services/users/add-user Add user <name> <group>

2) management/mng-services/users/delete-user Delete user <name>

3) management/mng-services/users/show-users Show users

Page 345: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 345 of 353

21.7 Command Example

The following example shows how you can find a command within a sub-group, and then execute the command. The example starts with the lsp (list parameters) command, and ends with the activation of an interface loopback test.

-----------------------------------------------

IP-10:/> cd diagnostics/loopback/radio-loopback/

IP-10:/diagnostics/loopback/radio-loopback> lsp

*********** configuration ********

timeout rw Loopback timeout in

minutes

*********** statuses *************

counter ro Loopback time left

if-loopback rw IF loopback activation

rfu-rf-loopback rw RFU RF Loopback Enable

Command

IP-10:/diagnostics/loopback/radio-loopback> set timeout 2

IP-10:/diagnostics/loopback/radio-loopback> set if-loopback

off on

IP-10:/diagnostics/loopback/radio-loopback> set if-loopback

on

Caution: This action affects traffic.

It may cause permanent loss of Ethernet traffic & wayside.

Consider disabling or physically disconnecting the Ethernet

ports of the IDM and Wayside before the loopback activation.

Are you sure? (yes/no):yes

IP-10:/diagnostics/loopback/radio-loopback>

-----------------------------------------------

Important! Note that bridge related commands need to be followed by a “write” command to be saved. Otherwise, the commands will not be saved following a reset in the system.

Page 346: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 346 of 353

21.8 Viewing the Command Tree

At any location within the command group structure, you can type show-tree and press Enter for a list of all the commands in the group you are currently in.

The following list appears when you type show-tree.

IP-10-SLOT-1:/>show-tree

management

mng-services

cfg-service

event-service

event-log

alarm-service

alarm-current

alarm-external

pm-service

time-service

ntp

mng-software

users

networking

ip-address

floating-ip-address

mng-protocols

snmp

platform

inventory

daughter-board

license

idc-board

fpga

mate-idu

all-odu

shelf-manager

remote-idu

remote-co

Page 347: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 347 of 353

remote-cl

radio

xpic

remote-cl

framer

mrmc

tdm-radio-pm[1]

tdm-radio-pm[2]

tdm-radio-pm[3]

tdm-radio-pm[4]

tdm-radio-pm[5]

tdm-radio-pm[6]

tdm-radio-pm[7]

tdm-radio-pm[8]

tdm-radio-pm[9]

tdm-radio-pm[10]

tdm-radio-pm[11]

tdm-radio-pm[12]

tdm-radio-pm[13]

tdm-radio-pm[14]

tdm-radio-pm[15]

tdm-radio-pm[16]

tdm-radio-pm[17]

tdm-radio-pm[18]

tdm-radio-pm[19]

tdm-radio-pm[20]

tdm-radio-pm[21]

tdm-radio-pm[22]

tdm-radio-pm[23]

tdm-radio-pm[24]

tdm-radio-pm[25]

tdm-radio-pm[26]

tdm-radio-pm[27]

tdm-radio-pm[28]

tdm-radio-pm[29]

tdm-radio-pm[30]

Page 348: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 348 of 353

tdm-radio-pm[31]

tdm-radio-pm[32]

tdm-radio-pm[33]

tdm-radio-pm[34]

tdm-radio-pm[35]

tdm-radio-pm[36]

tdm-radio-pm[37]

tdm-radio-pm[38]

tdm-radio-pm[39]

tdm-radio-pm[40]

tdm-radio-pm[41]

tdm-radio-pm[42]

tdm-radio-pm[43]

tdm-radio-pm[44]

tdm-radio-pm[45]

tdm-radio-pm[46]

tdm-radio-pm[47]

tdm-radio-pm[48]

tdm-radio-pm[49]

tdm-radio-pm[50]

tdm-radio-pm[51]

tdm-radio-pm[52]

tdm-radio-pm[53]

tdm-radio-pm[54]

tdm-radio-pm[55]

tdm-radio-pm[56]

tdm-radio-pm[57]

tdm-radio-pm[58]

tdm-radio-pm[59]

tdm-radio-pm[60]

tdm-radio-pm[61]

tdm-radio-pm[62]

tdm-radio-pm[63]

tdm-radio-pm[64]

tdm-radio-pm[65]

tdm-radio-pm[66]

Page 349: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 349 of 353

tdm-radio-pm[67]

tdm-radio-pm[68]

tdm-radio-pm[69]

tdm-radio-pm[70]

tdm-radio-pm[71]

tdm-radio-pm[72]

tdm-radio-pm[73]

tdm-radio-pm[74]

tdm-radio-pm[75]

tdm-radio-pm[76]

tdm-radio-pm[77]

tdm-radio-pm[78]

tdm-radio-pm[79]

tdm-radio-pm[80]

tdm-radio-pm[81]

tdm-radio-pm[82]

tdm-radio-pm[83]

tdm-radio-pm[84]

modem

rfu

rfu-sw-upload

rfu-co

rfu-cl

rfic

interfaces

wayside

sync

ethernet

bridge

eth-port[1]

eth-port[3]

eth-port[6]

eth-port[7]

eth-port[8]

service-oam

pdh

Page 350: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 350 of 353

port-group

e1t1-port[1]

e1t1-port[2]

e1t1-port[3]

e1t1-port[4]

e1t1-port[5]

e1t1-port[6]

e1t1-port[7]

e1t1-port[8]

e1t1-port[9]

e1t1-port[10]

e1t1-port[11]

e1t1-port[12]

e1t1-port[13]

e1t1-port[14]

e1t1-port[15]

e1t1-port[16]

trails

sdh

stm1

diagnostics

rmon

loopback

line-loopback

radio-loopback

xml-interface

Page 351: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 351 of 353

21.9 Command Groups

The command groups that appear when you log in include the following:

Management

Platform

Radio

Interfaces

Diagnostics

Some groups include sub groups that enable setup operations relevant to that category.

The following illustrations show the trees of each main group.

Page 352: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 352 of 353

21.10 Management

Management

mng-services

cfg-service

event-service

event-log

alarm-service

alarm-current

alarm-report

pm-service

users

time-service

ntp

mng-software

networking

IP-address

roaming-IP-address

mng-protocols snmp

Page 353: FibeAir IP-10G InstallationGuide(RevE)

FibeAir® IP-10G System Installation Guide

Ceragon Proprietary and Confidential Page 353 of 353

21.11 Platform

21.12 Radio

Platform

Shelf-manager

inventory

license

idc-board fpga

remote-idu remote co remote cl

mate-idu

all odu

Daughter board

Radio

xpic remote cl

framer

mrmctdm-radio-pm[1]-[84]

modem

rfu rfu-co rfu-clrfu-sw-upload

rfic